Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / John Wiley & Sons Inc.

John Wiley & Sons Inc.

jw-a · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jw-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, DC  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
☒ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2020 

OR 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from _________ to _________ 
Commission file number   001-11507 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

New York 
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization 

13-5593032 
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 

111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
Address of principal executive offices 

07030 
Zip Code 

 (201) 748-6000  
 Registrant’s telephone number including area code  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  
Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share 
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share 

 Trading Symbol 
JW.A  
JW.B 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  
Yes ☐   No ☒ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and 
posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  (§229.405  of  this  chapter)  is not 
contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller 
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller 
reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer ☒ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 

Accelerated filer ☐ 
Smaller reporting company ☐ 
Emerging growth company ☐ 

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes ☐    No ☒ 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of 
the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, October 31, 2019, was approximately $2,040 
million. The registrant has no non-voting common stock. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May 31, 2020 was 46,767,784 and 
9,094,674 respectively. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders scheduled to be 
held on September 24, 2020, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2020 
INDEX 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
Information About Our Executive Officers 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services           

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4 

PART II 
ITEM 5. 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 
ITEM 7A. 
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 
ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B. 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12. 
ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 
ITEM 16.  
SIGNATURES 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

PAGE 
4
13
20
21
21
21
22

23
24
25
45
47
99
99
99

100
100
100
101
101

102
103
 105

Index 

2 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995: 

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995 concerning our business, consolidated financial condition and results of operations. The Securities and Exchange 
Commission  (“SEC”)  encourages  companies  to  disclose  forward-looking  information  so  that  investors  can  better  understand  a 
company’s  prospects  and  make  informed  investment  decisions.  Forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties, 
many  of  which  are  outside  our  control,  which  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  these  statements.  Therefore,  you 
should  not  rely  on  any  of  these  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking  statements  can  be  identified  by  such  words  as 
“anticipates,”  “believes,”  “plan,”  “assumes,”  “could,”  “should,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “potential,”  “seek,”  “predict,” 
“may,” “will” and similar references to future periods. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this report 
regarding  our  strategies,  prospects,  financial  condition,  operations,  costs,  plans  and  objectives  are  forward-looking  statements. 
Examples  of  forward-looking  statements  include,  among  others,  statements  we  make  regarding  our  fiscal  year  2021  outlook,  the 
anticipated  impact  on  the  ability  of  our  employees,  contractors,  customers  and  other  business  partners  to  perform  our  and  their 
respective responsibilities and obligations relative to the conduct of our business in the future due to the current coronavirus (COVID-
19) outbreak, anticipated restructuring charges and savings, operations, performance, and financial condition. Reliance should not be 
placed on forward-looking statements, as actual results may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. Any such 
forward-looking  statements  are  based  upon  many  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are  inherently  subject  to  uncertainties  and 
contingencies,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control,  and  are  subject  to  change  based  on  many  important  factors.  Such  factors 
include,  but  are  not  limited  to  (i)  the  level  of  investment  in  new  technologies  and  products;  (ii)  subscriber  renewal  rates  for  our 
journals; (iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail 
accounts; (v) the market position and financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of our educational business and the 
impact  of  the  used  book  market;  (vii)  worldwide  economic  and  political  conditions;  (viii)  our  ability  to  protect  our  copyrights  and 
other intellectual property worldwide; (ix) our ability to successfully integrate acquired operations and realize expected opportunities; 
(x) the ability to realize operating savings over time and in fiscal year 2021 in connection with our multi-year Business Optimization 
Program; and (xi) other factors detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC. We undertake no obligation to update or revise 
any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

Please refer to Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for important factors that we believe could cause 
actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  in  our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking  statement  made  by us  in  this 
report  is  based  only  on  information  currently  available  to  us  and  speaks  only  as of  the  date on which  it  is made. We undertake no 
obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether as 
a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures: 

We present financial information that conforms to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America (“U.S. 
GAAP”). We also present financial information that does not conform to U.S. GAAP, which we refer to as non-GAAP. 

In this report, we may present the following non-GAAP performance measures: 

  Adjusted Earnings Per Share “(Adjusted EPS)”; 
  Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending; 
  Adjusted Revenue;  
  Adjusted Operating Income and margin; 
  Adjusted Contribution to Profit and margin; 
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and margin; 
  Organic revenue; and 
  Results on a constant currency basis. 

Management  uses  these  non-GAAP  performance  measures  as  supplemental  indicators  of  our  operating  performance  and  financial 
position as well for internal reporting and forecasting purposes, when publicly providing our outlook, to evaluate our performance and 
calculate  incentive  compensation.  We  present  these  non-GAAP  performance  measures  in  addition  to  U.S.  GAAP  financial  results 
because we believe that these non-GAAP performance measures provide useful information to certain investors and financial analysts 
for operational trends and comparisons over time. The use of these non-GAAP performance measures may also provide a consistent 
basis to evaluate operating profitability and performance trends by excluding items that we do not consider to be controllable activities 
for this purpose. 

Index 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For example: 

  Adjusted  EPS,  Adjusted  Revenue,  Adjusted  Operating  Income,  Adjusted  Contribution  to  Profit,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  and 
organic revenue provide a more comparable basis to analyze operating results and earnings and are measures commonly used 
by shareholders to measure our performance. 

  Free  Cash  Flow  less  Product  Development  Spending  helps  assess  our  ability,  over  the  long  term,  to  create  value  for  our 
shareholders  as  it  represents  cash  available  to  repay  debt,  pay  common  stock  dividends  and  fund  share  repurchases  and 
acquisitions. 

  Results  on  a  constant  currency  basis  removes  distortion  from  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  movements  to  provide  better 
comparability  of  our  business  trends  from  period  to  period.  We  measure  our  performance  before  the  impact  of  foreign 
currency (or at “constant currency”), which means that we apply the same foreign currency exchange rates for the current and 
equivalent prior period. 

In addition, we have historically provided these or similar non-GAAP performance measures and understand that some investors and 
financial  analysts  find  this  information  helpful  in  analyzing  our  operating  margins,  and  net  income  and  comparing  our  financial 
performance to that of our peer companies and competitors. Based on interactions with investors, we also believe that our non-GAAP 
performance measures are regarded as useful to our investors as supplemental to our U.S. GAAP financial results, and that there is no 
confusion regarding the adjustments or our operating performance to our investors due to the comprehensive nature of our disclosures. 
We have not provided our 2021 outlook for the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures, as they are not available 
without  unreasonable  effort  due  to  the  high  variability,  complexity,  and  low  visibility  with  respect  to  certain  items,  including 
restructuring charges and credits, gains and losses on foreign currency, and other gains and losses. These items are uncertain, depend 
on various factors, and could be material to our consolidated results computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

Non-GAAP  performance  measures  do  not  have  standardized  meanings  prescribed  by  U.S.  GAAP  and  therefore  may  not  be 
comparable to the calculation of similar measures used by other companies and should not be viewed as alternatives to measures of 
financial results under U.S. GAAP. The adjusted metrics have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation 
from or as a substitute for U.S. GAAP information. It does not purport to represent any similarly titled U.S. GAAP information and is 
not an indicator of our performance under U.S. GAAP. Non-U.S. GAAP financial metrics that we present may not be comparable with 
similarly titled measures used by others. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on these non-U.S. GAAP measures. 

PART I 

Item 1. Business 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. Throughout this report, when we 
refer to “Wiley,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” we are referring to John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries, except 
where the context indicates otherwise. 

Please refer to Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for financial information about the Company and its 
subsidiaries, which is incorporated herein by reference. Also, when we cross reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements,” unless the context indicates otherwise. 

As  previously  announced,  we  have  changed  our  segment  reporting  structure  to  align  with  our  strategic  focus  areas:  (1)  Research 
Publishing  &  Platforms,  which  continues  to  include  the  Research  publishing  and  Atypon  businesses,  (2)  Academic  &  Professional 
Learning,  which  is  the  former  “Publishing”  segment  combined  with  our  corporate  training  businesses  –  previously  noted  as 
Professional Assessment and Corporate Learning; and (3) Education Services, which includes our Online Program Management and 
mthree  training,  upskilling  and  talent  placement  services  for  professionals  and  businesses.  Prior  period  segment  results  have  been 
revised to the new segment presentation. There were no changes to our consolidated financial results. 

Wiley  drives  the  world  forward  with  research  and  education. Through  publishing,  platforms  and  services,  we  help  researchers, 
professionals,  students,  universities,  and  corporations  to  achieve  their  goals  in  an  ever-changing  world.  Through  the  Research 
Publishing  &  Platforms  segment,  we  provide  scientific,  technical,  medical,  and  scholarly  journals,  as  well  as  related  content  and 
services, to academic, corporate, and government libraries, learned societies, and individual researchers and other professionals. The 
Academic & Professional Learning segment provides scientific, professional, and education books in print and digital formats, digital 
courseware,  and  test  preparation  services,  to  students,  libraries,  corporations,  professionals,  and  researchers,  as  well  as  learning, 
development,  and  assessment  services  for  businesses  and  professionals.  The  Education  Services  segment  provides  online  program 
management  services  for  higher  education  institutions  and  mthree  talent  placement  services  for  professionals  and  businesses.  Our 
operations  are  primarily  located  in  the  United  States  (“U.S.”),  United  Kingdom  (“U.K.”),  Germany,  Russia,  Sri  Lanka,  Canada, 
Jordan, and France. In the year ended April 30, 2020, approximately 44% of our consolidated revenue was from outside the U.S. 

Index 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business growth strategies include: 

 

 
 

driving volume growth from existing journal and book brands and titles, as well as learning services related to education and 
professional development;  
developing new journal titles or through publishing partnerships; 
developing new products and services for existing university partners, as well as signing new online program management 
partners; 

  making technology and content acquisitions that complement our existing businesses;  
 
 

designing and implementing new methods of delivering products to our customers; and  
the development of new products and services. 

Business Segments 

We report our segment information in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards 
Codification Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” (“FASB ASC Topic 280”). Our segment reporting structure consists of three reportable 
segments, which are listed below, and a Corporate category:  

  Research Publishing & Platforms; 
  Academic & Professional Learning; and 
  Education Services. 

Research Publishing & Platforms: 

Research Publishing & Platforms’ mission is to support researchers, professionals and learners in the discovery and use of research 
knowledge to help them achieve their goals.  Research provides scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related 
content  and  services,  to  academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and  individual  researchers  and  other 
professionals. Journal publishing areas include the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social sciences and humanities 
and life sciences. Research Publishing & Platforms also includes Atypon Systems, Inc. (“Atypon”), a publishing software and service 
provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, enhance, market, and manage their content on 
the web  through  the Literatum™   platform. Research  Publishing & Platforms’  customers  include  academic,  corporate, government, 
and  public  libraries,  funders  of  research,  researchers,  scientists,  clinicians,  engineers  and  technologists,  scholarly  and  professional 
societies, and students and professors. Research Publishing & Platforms products are sold and distributed globally in digital and print 
formats through multiple channels, including research libraries and library consortia, independent subscription agents, direct sales to 
professional  society  members,  and  other  customers.  Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  China,  Germany,  India,  the  United 
Kingdom, and the United States.  Research Publishing & Platforms’ revenue accounted for approximately 52% of our consolidated 
revenue in the year ended April 30, 2020, with a 35.3% Adjusted EBITDA margin. 

Research Publishing & Platforms revenue by product type includes Research Publishing and Research Platforms. The graphs below 
present revenue by product type for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

Key growth strategies for the Research Publishing & Platforms segment include evolving and developing new licensing models for 
our institutional customers (“pay to read and publish”), developing new open access products and revenue streams (“pay to publish”), 
focusing resources on high-growth and emerging markets, and developing new digital products, services, and workflow solutions to 
meet the needs of researchers, authors, societies, and corporate customers. 

Index 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research Publishing 

Research Publishing generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers for the following revenue streams: 

Journal Subscriptions;  

 
  Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles and Other; and  
  Open Access and Comprehensive Agreements  

Journal Subscriptions 

We publish approximately 1,675 academic research journals. We sell journal subscriptions directly through our sales representatives, 
indirectly  through  independent  subscription  agents,  through  promotional  campaigns,  and  through  memberships  in  professional 
societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions are primarily licensed through contracts for digital 
content available online through Wiley Online Library, which is delivered through our Literatum platform. Contracts are negotiated by 
us directly with customers or their subscription agents. Subscription periods typically cover calendar years. Print journals are generally 
mailed  to  subscribers  directly  from  independent  printers. We  do  not  own  or  manage  printing  facilities. Subscription  revenue  is 
generally collected in advance. 

Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publishing rights owned by us. Publishing alliances also play a 
major role in Research Publishing’s success. Approximately 50% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publication rights 
that are owned by professional societies and published by us pursuant to a long-term contract (generally 5–10 years) or owned jointly 
with  a  professional  society.  These  society  alliances  bring  mutual  benefit,  with  the  societies  gaining  Wiley’s  publishing,  marketing, 
sales, and distribution expertise, while Wiley benefits from being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members. Societies that 
sponsor or own such journals generally receive a royalty and/or other financial consideration. We may procure editorial services from 
such societies on a pre-negotiated fee basis. We also enter into agreements with outside independent editors of journals that define the 
duties of the editors and the fees and expenses for their services. Contributors of articles to our journal portfolio transfer publication 
rights  to  us  or  a  professional  society,  as  applicable.  We  publish  the  journals  of  many  prestigious  societies,  including  the  American 
Cancer  Society,  the  American  Heart  Association,  the  British  Journal  of  Surgery  Society,  the  European  Molecular  Biology 
Organization, the American Anthropological Association, the American Geophysical Union, and the German Chemical Society. 

Literatum,  our  online  publishing  platform  for  Research  Publishing,  delivers  integrated  access  to  over  9  million  articles  from 
approximately 1,675 journals, as well as 22,000 online books and hundreds of multi-volume reference works, laboratory protocols and 
databases.  Wiley  Online  Library,  which  is  delivered  through  our  Literatum  platform,  provides  the  user  with  intuitive  navigation, 
enhanced discoverability, expanded functionality, and a range of personalization options. Access to abstracts is free and full content is 
accessible  through  licensing  agreements  or  as  individual  article  purchases.  Large  portions  of  the  content  are  provided  free  or  at 
nominal  cost  to  nations  in  the  developing  world  through  partnerships  with  certain  non-profit  organizations.  Our  online  publishing 
platforms  provide  revenue  growth  opportunities  through  new  applications  and  business  models,  online  advertising,  deeper  market 
penetration, and individual sales and pay-per-view options. The Literatum platform hosts over 40% of the world’s English language 
journals. 

Wiley’s  performance  in  the  2018  release  of  Clarivate  Analytics’  Journal  Citation  Reports  (JCR)  remains  strong,  maintaining  its 
position as #3 in terms of the number of titles indexed, articles published, and citations received. Wiley saw a 9.5% increase in JCR 
articles, giving it 9.7% overall share (+0.6%) – its biggest increase since 2008. 

A total of 1,223 Wiley journals were included in the reports, 58% of these were society publications – reaffirming Wiley’s position as 
the  world’s  leading  society  publishing  partner.  Wiley  journals  ranked  #1  in  27  categories  across  25  titles  and  achieved  349  top-10 
category rankings. 

The  annual  Journal  Citation  Reports  (JCR)  are  one  of  the  most  widely-used  sources  of  citation  metrics  used  to  analyze  the 
performance of peer-reviewed journals. The most famous of these metrics, the Impact Factor, is based on the frequency with which an 
average  article  is  cited  in  the  JCR  report  year.  Alongside  other  metrics,  this  makes  it  an  important  tool  for  evaluating  a  journal’s 
impact on ongoing research. 

Index 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 

Licensing,  Reprints,  Backfiles,  and  Other  includes  advertising,  backfile  sales,  the  licensing  of  publishing  rights,  journal  and  article 
reprints, and individual article sales. We generate advertising revenue from print and online journal subscription products, our online 
publishing  platform,  Literatum,  online  events  such  as  webinars  and  virtual  conferences,  community  interest  Web  sites  such  as 
spectroscopyNOW.com, and other Web sites.  A backfile license provides access to a historical collection of Wiley journals, generally 
for  a  one-time  fee. We  also  engage  with  international  publishers  and  receive  licensing  revenue  from  photocopies,  reproductions, 
translations,  and  other  digital  uses  of  our  content. Journal  and  article  reprints  are  primarily  used  by  pharmaceutical  companies  and 
other industries for marketing and promotional purposes. Through the Article Select and PayPerView programs, we provide fee-based 
access to non-subscribed journal articles, content, book chapters, and major reference work articles. The Research Publishing business 
is  also  a  provider  of  content  and  services  in  evidence-based  medicine  (“EBM”).  Through  our  alliance  with  The  Cochrane 
Collaboration,  we  publish  The  Cochrane  Library,  a  premier  source  of  high-quality  independent  evidence  to  inform  healthcare 
decision-making. EBM facilitates the effective management of patients through clinical expertise informed by best practice evidence 
that is derived from medical literature. 

Open Access and Comprehensive Agreements 

Under the Author-Funded Access business model, accepted research articles are published subject to payment of Article Publication 
Charges ("APCs"). After payment to Wiley, all Author-Funded articles are immediately free to access online. Contributors of Author-
Funded Access articles retain many rights and typically license their work under terms that permit re-use. 

Author-Funded Access offers authors choices in how to share and disseminate their work, and it serves the needs of researchers who 
may be required by their research funder to make articles freely accessible without embargo. APCs are typically paid by the individual 
author  or  by  the  author’s  funder,  and  payments  are  often  mediated  by  the  author’s  institution.  We  provide  specific  workflows  and 
infrastructure to authors, funders, and institutions to support the requirements of the Author-Funded Access model. 

We offer two Open Access publishing models. The first of these is Hybrid Open Access where, upon payment of an APC, authors 
publishing  in  the  majority  of  our  paid  subscription  journals  are  offered,  after  article  acceptance,  the  opportunity  to  make  their 
individual research article openly available through the OnlineOpen service.  

The second offering of the Open Access model is a growing portfolio of fully open access journals, also known as Gold Open Access 
Journals, in which all accepted articles are published subject to receipt of an APC. All Open Access articles are subject to the same 
rigorous  peer-review  process  applied  to  our  subscription-based  journals.  As  with  our  subscription  portfolio,  a  number  of  the  Gold 
Open  Access  Journals  are  published  under  contract  for,  or  in  partnership  with,  prestigious  societies,  including  the  American 
Geophysical  Union,  the  American  Heart  Association,  the  European  Molecular  Biology  Organization  and  the  British  Ecological 
Society. The Open Access portfolio spans life, physical, medical and social sciences and includes a choice of high impact journals and 
broad-scope titles that offer a responsive, author-centered service. 

In  March  2020,  we  agreed  with  Jisc,  the  U.K.’s  research  and  education  not-for-profit  that  negotiates  licenses  and  digital  content 
agreements on behalf of U.K. universities, on a four year comprehensive “read and publish” agreement that, for an annual fee, enables 
U.K. institutions to access our journal portfolio and researchers at U.K. universities the means to publish open access (“OA”) in all 
Wiley journals at no direct cost to them. As part of the new agreement, the proportion of OA articles published by U.K. researchers 
will increase from 27% to an estimated 85% in year one, with the potential to reach 100% by 2022. The agreement will also enable 
institutions and their users to access all of Wiley’s journals. Other comprehensive agreements include consortia in Austria, Finland, 
Germany, Hungary, Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden.  We are compensated through a publish and read fee. 

In  January  2019,  we  announced  a  contractual  arrangement  in  support  of  Open  Access,  a  countrywide  partnership  agreement  with 
Projekt DEAL, a representative of nearly 700 academic institutions in Germany. This three-year agreement provides all Projekt DEAL 
institutions  with  access  to read Wiley’s  academic  journals  back  to  the  year 1997,  and researchers  at Projekt DEAL  institutions  can 
publish  articles  open  access  in  Wiley’s  journals.  The  partnership  will  better  support  institutions  and  researchers  in  advancing  open 
science, driving discovery, and developing and disseminating knowledge. We are compensated through a fee per article published. 

Research Platforms 

Research  Platforms  is  principally  comprised  of  Atypon,  a  publishing  software  and  service  provider  that  enables  scholarly  and 
professional  societies  and publishers  to deliver,  host,  enhance, market,  and  manage  their  content on  the web  through  the Literatum 
platform.  

Index 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Academic & Professional Learning: 

Our Academic & Professional Learning segment provides scientific, professional, and education books in print and digital formats, 
digital courseware, and test preparation services, to libraries, corporations, students, professionals, and researchers, as well as learning, 
development,  and  assessment  services  for  businesses  and  professionals.  Communities  served  include  business,  finance,  accounting, 
workplace  learning,  management,  leadership,  technology,  behavioral  health,  engineering/  architecture,  science  and  medicine,  and 
education.   Products  are  developed  in  print  and  digitally  for  worldwide  distribution  through  multiple  channels,  including  chain  and 
online  booksellers,  libraries,  colleges  and  universities,  corporations,  direct  to  consumer,  Web  sites,  distributor  networks  and  other 
online applications. Publishing centers include Australia, Germany, India, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Academic & 
Professional Learning accounted for approximately 35% of our consolidated revenue in the year ended April 30, 2020, with a 23.7% 
Adjusted EBITDA margin. 

Academic  &  Professional  Learning  revenue  by  product  type  includes  Education  Publishing  and  Professional  Learning.  The  graphs 
below present revenue by product type for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

Key growth strategies for the Academic & Professional Learning business include developing and acquiring products and services to 
drive  corporate  development  and  professional  career  development,  developing  leading  brands  and  franchises,  executing  strategic 
acquisitions and partnerships, and innovating digital book formats while expanding their global discoverability and distribution. We 
continue to implement strategies to manage declines in print revenue through cost improvement initiatives and focusing our efforts on 
growing  its  digital  lines  of  business. We  are  continuing  to  perform  portfolio  reviews  and  workforce  realignment,  restructuring,  and 
operational excellence initiatives. In certain areas, we will explore new formats or promote digital-only, and in other areas, we may 
rationalize  our  portfolio. Our  approach  is  to  continue  to  realign  our  cost  structure  to  help  mitigate  the  market  changes  that  are 
contributing  to  revenue  decline,  and  to  sharpen  our  focus  on  high  performing  areas  and  digital  opportunities,  while  improving 
operating efficiency. 

Book sales for STM (Scientific, Technical and Medical), Professional and Education Publishing are generally made on a returnable 
basis  with  certain  restrictions.  We  provide  for  estimated  future  returns  on  sales  made  during  the  year  based  on  historical  return 
experience and current market trends. 

Materials  for  book  publications  are  obtained  from  authors  throughout  most  of  the  world,  utilizing  the  efforts  of  an  editorial  staff, 
outside editorial advisors, and advisory boards. Most materials are originated by the authors themselves or as a result of suggestion or 
solicitations  by  editors  and  advisors.  We  enter  into  agreements  with  authors  that  state  the  terms  and  conditions  under  which  the 
materials will be published, the name in which the copyright will be registered, the basis for any royalties, and other matters. Most of 
the  authors  are  compensated  with  royalties,  which  vary  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  product.  We  may  make  advance  royalty 
payments against future royalties to authors of certain publications. Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for 
loss is maintained, if appropriate. 

We continue to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal course of our business, and we 
also  create  adaptations  of  original  content  for  specific  markets  based  on  customer  demand.  Our  general  practice  is  to  revise  our 
textbooks  approximately  every  three  years,  if  warranted,  and  to  revise  other  titles  as  appropriate.  Subscription-based  products  are 
updated on a more frequent basis. 

Index 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We generally contract with independent printers and binderies globally for their services. Management believes that adequate printing 
and binding facilities and sources of paper and other required materials are available to it, and that it is not dependent upon any single 
supplier. 

In fiscal year 2016, we entered into an agreement to outsource our US-based book distribution operations to Cengage Learning, with 
the  continued aim  of  improving  efficiency in  our distribution  activities  and moving  to  a  more variable  cost  model. As  of  April  30, 
2020, we had one global warehousing and distribution facility remaining, which is in the United Kingdom. 

Education Publishing 

Education Publishing generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers for the following revenue streams: 

  Education and STM Publishing; 
  Digital Courseware; 
  Test Preparation and Certification; and 
  Licensing and Other. 

Education and STM Publishing  

Book products including Education and Scientific Technical and Medical (STM) Publishing. 

Education textbooks and related supplementary material and digital products are sold primarily to bookstores and online booksellers 
serving both for-profit and nonprofit educational institutions (primarily colleges and universities), and direct-to-students. We employ 
sales representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be used in courses, and on the bookstores that serve such 
institutions  and  their  students.  The  textbook  business  is  seasonal,  with  the  majority  of  textbook  sales  occurring  during  the  July-
through- October and December-through-January periods. There are active used and rental print textbook markets, which adversely 
affect the sale of new textbooks. We are exploring opportunities to expand into the print rental market. 

STM books (“Reference”) are sold and distributed globally in digital and print formats through multiple channels, including research 
libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents,  direct  sales  to  professional  society  members,  bookstores,  online 
booksellers, and other customers. 

We develop content in a digital format that can be used for both digital and print products, resulting in productivity and efficiency 
savings, and enabling print-on-demand delivery. Book content is available online through Wiley Online Library (delivered through our 
Literatum  platform),  WileyPLUS,  zyBooks,  alta,  and  other  proprietary  platforms.  Digital  books  are  delivered  to  intermediaries, 
including Amazon, Apple, Google and Ingram/Vital-Source, for re-sale to individuals in various industry-standard formats, which are 
now  the  preferred  deliverable  for  licensees  of  all  types,  including  foreign  language  publishers.  Digital  books  are  also  licensed  to 
libraries through aggregators. Specialized formats for digital textbooks go to distributors servicing the academic market, and digital 
book  collections  are  sold  by  subscription  through  independent  third-party  aggregators  servicing  distinct  communities.  Custom 
deliverables are provided to corporations, institutions, and associations to educate their employees, generate leads for their products, 
and extend their brands. Content from digital books is also used to create online articles, mobile apps, newsletters, and promotional 
collateral. This continual re-use of content improves margins, speeds delivery, and helps satisfy a wide range of customer needs. Our 
online presence not only enables us to deliver content online, but also to sell more books. The growth of online booksellers benefits us 
because they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for our entire backlist. 

Publishing alliances and franchise products are important to our strategy. Education and STM publishing (including Test Preparation) 
alliance  partners  include  the  AICPA,  the  CFA  Institute,  ACT  (American  College  Test),  IEEE,  American  Institute  of  Chemical 
Engineers, and many others.  The ability to join Wiley’s product development, sales, marketing, distribution, and technology with a 
partner’s content, technology, and/or brand name has contributed to our success. 

Digital Courseware  

We offer high-quality online learning solutions, including WileyPLUS, a research-based, online environment for effective teaching and 
learning  that  is  integrated  with  a  complete  digital  textbook.  WileyPLUS  improves  student  learning  through  instant  feedback, 
personalized learning plans, and self-evaluation tools, as well as a full range of course-oriented activities, including online planning, 
presentations,  study,  homework,  and  testing.  In  selected  courses,  WileyPLUS  includes  a  personalized  adaptive  learning  component, 
Orion, which is based on cognitive science. Orion helps to build student proficiency on topics while improving the effectiveness of 
their study time. It assists educators in identifying areas that need reinforcement and measures student engagement and proficiency 
throughout the course.  

Index 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 1, 2019, Wiley acquired Zyante, Inc, a leading provider of computer science and STEM education courseware. The highly-
interactive zyBooks® platform enables learners to learn by doing while allowing professors to be more efficient and devote more time 
to  teaching.  The  platform  maximizes  learner  engagement  and  retention  through  demonstration  and  hands-on  learning  experiences 
using interactive question sets, animations, tools, and embedded labs. The zyBooks platform will become an essential component of 
Wiley’s differentiated digital learning experience and, when combined with the recent acquisition of Knewton’s alta™ and adaptive 
learning technology in May 2019, will power lower-cost, higher-impact education across Wiley’s education business. 

Test Preparation and Certification 

The Test Preparation and Certification business represents learning solutions, training activities and print and digital formats that are 
delivered  to  customers  directly  through  online  digital  delivery  platforms,  bookstores,  online  booksellers,  and  other  customers.  
Products  include  CPAExcel®,  a  modular,  digital  platform  comprised  of  online  self-study,  videos,  mobile  apps,  and  sophisticated 
planning tools to help professionals prepare for the CPA exam, and test preparation products for the CFA®, CMA®, CIA®, CMT®, 
FRM®, FINRA®, Banking, and PMP® exams.  

Licensing and Other 

Licensing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  We  also  engage  in  co-
publishing titles with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital 
uses of our content and use of the Knewton® adaptive engine.    

Professional Learning 

Professional Learning generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers for the following revenue streams: 

  Professional Publishing; 
  Licensing and Other; 
  Corporate Training - Professional Assessment; and 
  Corporate Training - Corporate Learning. 

Professional Publishing  

Professional books, which include business and finance, technology, and other professional categories, as well as the For Dummies® 
brand, are sold to bookstores and online booksellers serving the general public, wholesalers who supply such bookstores, warehouse 
clubs, college bookstores, individual practitioners, industrial organizations and government agencies. We employ sales representatives 
who  call  upon  independent  bookstores,  national  and  regional  chain  bookstores,  and  wholesalers.  Sales  of  professional  books  also 
result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising, and reviews in periodicals. 

We also promote active and growing custom professional and education publishing programs. Our custom professional publications 
are  used  by  professional  organizations  for  internal  promotional  or  incentive  programs  and  include  digital  and  print  books  written 
specifically for a customer and customizations of existing publications to include custom cover art, such as imprints, messages, and 
slogans.  More  specific  are  customized  For  Dummies  publications,  which  leverage  the  power  of  this  well-known  brand  to  meet  the 
specific information needs of a wide range of organizations around the world. 

Licensing and Other 

Licensing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  We  also  engage  in  co-
publishing titles with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital 
uses of our content. Wiley also realizes advertising revenue from branded Web sites (e.g. Dummies.com) and online applications. 

Corporate Training - Professional Assessment 

Our professional assessment businesses include high-demand soft-skills training solutions that are delivered to organizational clients 
through  online  digital  delivery  platforms,  either  directly  or  through  an  authorized  distributor  network  of  independent  consultants, 
trainers,  and  coaches.  Wiley’s  branded  assessment  solutions  include  Everything  DiSC®,  The  Five  Behaviors®  based  on  Patrick 
Lencioni’s  perennial  bestseller  The  Five  Dysfunctions  of  a  Team,  and  Leadership  Practices  Inventory®  from  Kouzes  and  Posner’s 
bestselling The Leadership Challenge®, as well as PXT Select™, a pre-hire selection tool. Our solutions help organizations hire and 
develop effective managers, leaders, and teams. 

Index 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Training - Corporate Learning 

The  Corporate  Learning  business  offers  online  learning  and  training  solutions  for  global  corporations,  universities,  and  small  and 
medium-sized enterprises, which are sold on a subscription or fee basis. Learning formats and modules on topics such as leadership 
development,  value  creation,  client  orientation,  change  management  and  corporate  strategy  are  delivered  on  a  cloud-based  Cross 
Knowledge Learning Management System (“LMS”) platform that hosts over 20,000 content assets (videos, digital learning modules, 
written files, etc.) in 17 languages. Its offering includes a collaborative e-learning publishing and program creation system. Revenue 
growth is derived from legacy markets, such as France, England, and other European markets, and newer markets, such as the U.S. 
and  Brazil.  In  addition,  content  and  LMS  offerings  are  continuously  refreshed  and  expanded  to  serve  a  wider  variety  of  customer 
needs. These digital learning solutions are sold directly to corporate customers either direct or through our partners. 

Education Services: 

Our  Education  Services  segment  consists  of  online  program  management  services  for  higher  education  institutions  and  mthree 
training,  upskilling  and  talent  placement  services  for  professionals  and  businesses.  Key  growth  strategies  include  developing  new 
products and services for existing university partners, increasing enrollments for online program management programs, signing new 
and prestigious  university  partners, and bridging  the  IT  skills  gap  through  finding,  training  and placing  emerging  technology  talent 
with  corporations  around  the  world.  Education  Services  accounted  for  approximately  13%  of  our  consolidated  revenue  in  the  year 
ended April 30, 2020, with a 8.7% Adjusted EBITDA margin. 

Education Services revenue by product type includes Education Services and mthree. The graphs below present revenue by product 
type for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019: 

Education Services 

Our Education Services segment engages in the comprehensive management of online degree programs for universities and has grown 
to  include  a  broad  array  of  tech  enabled  service  offerings  that  address  our  partner  specific  pain  points.  Increasingly,  this  includes 
delivering full stack career credentialing education that advances specific careers within demand skills. 

As student demand for online degree and certificate programs continues to increase, traditional institutions are partnering with online 
program  management  providers  to  develop  and  support  these  programs. Education  Services  include  market  research,  marketing, 
student recruitment, enrollment support, proactive retention support, academic services to design courses, faculty support, and access 
to  the  Engage  Learning  Management  System,  which  facilitates  the  online  education  experience.  Graduate  degree  programs  include 
Business Administration, Finance, Accounting, Healthcare, Engineering, Communications, and others. Revenue is derived from pre-
negotiated contracts with institutions that provide for a share of tuition generated from students who enroll in a program. As of April 
30, 2020, the Education Services business had 69 university partners under contract. We are also extending the core OPM business 
and  also  delivering  a  broader  array  of  essential  university  and  career  credentialing  services  that  the  market  is  demanding  and  that 
leverage our core Wiley skills and assets.  This full stack education includes teacher professional development and IT skills training, 
through which we develop, and deliver professional credits and job placement through our 500-plus corporate partners. In addition, 
Education Services derives revenue from un-bundled service offerings. 

On  November  1,  2018,  Wiley  acquired  The  Learning  House,  Inc.  (“Learning  House”)  headquartered  in  Louisville  (KY).  Learning 
House provides online program management services including graduate and undergraduate programs; short courses, boot camps, and 
other  skills  training  and  credentialing  for  students  and  professionals;  pathway  services  for  international  students;  professional 
development services for teachers; and learning solutions for corporate clients. 

Index 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mthree 

On January 1, 2020, Wiley acquired mthree, a rapidly growing education services provider that addresses the IT skills gap by finding, 
training  and  placing  job-ready  technology  talent  in  roles  with  leading  corporations  worldwide.  mthree  sources,  trains,  and  prepares 
aspiring  students  and  professionals  to  meet  the  skill  needs  of  today’s  tech  careers,  and  then  places  them  with  some  of  the  world’s 
largest financial institutions, technology companies, and government agencies. mthree also works with its clients to retrain and retain 
existing employees so they can continue to meet the changing demands of today’s technology landscape.  

mthree’s primary operations is in the sourcing, training and placement of emerging technology talent for large corporations across the 
world. The sourcing process includes a multi-stage evaluation and is highly selective, with only 5-10% of applicants accepted into the 
program.  The applicants  are then  trained by  industry  experts  utilizing  curriculum  designed  specifically  for  the  clients’ needs. After 
training, the trainees are employed by mthree and placed on client site, supported by mthree, until converted to a full-time employee 
with  the  client.  Conversion  is  generally  after  2  years  and  mthree has  a  strong  track  record  of  success,  with  nearly  80%  of  trainees 
converted to full time employees with clients. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2020, we employed approximately 6,900 persons on a full-time equivalent basis worldwide. 

Financial Information About Business Segments 

The  information  set  forth  in  Note  20,  “Segment  Information,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Item  7, 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  of  this  Form  10-K  are  incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Available Information 

Our  Internet  address  is  www.wiley.com.  We  make  available,  free  of  charge,  on  or  through  our  website,  our  Annual  Reports  on 
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports that we file or furnish 
pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable 
after we electronically file these materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that may be accessed 
through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this Form 10-K. 

Index 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider all the information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the following risk factors, before deciding to 
invest  in  any  of  our  securities.  The  risks  below  are  the  most  significant  risks  we  face  but  are  not  the  only  risk  factors  we  face. 
Additional risks not currently known to us or that we presently deem insignificant could impact our consolidated financial position 
and results of operations. Our business consolidated financial position, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected 
by any of these risks. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and investors in our securities may 
lose all or part of their investment. 

The recent global coronavirus outbreak may continue to harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

In  March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  global  pandemic.  This  contagious  outbreak  and  the  related 
adverse  public  health  developments,  including  orders  to  shelter-in-place,  travel  restrictions  and  mandated  business  closures,  have 
adversely affected workforces, organizations, customers, economies and financial markets globally, leading to an economic downturn 
and increased market volatility. It has also disrupted the normal operations of many businesses, including ours. 

This outbreak, as well as lockdown measures undertaken to contain the spread of COVID-19, caused disruptions and had a significant 
impact on our business, including, but not limited to: 

 

 
 

 

 

 

declines in print book sales due to indefinite closings of retail bookstores and the temporary prioritization of essential goods 
by online retailers; 
declines in businesses that rely on in-person engagement, primarily test prep and corporate training; 
delays  in  signing  annual  journal  subscription  agreements  in  certain  parts  of  Europe  and  Asia  due  to  challenges  of  remote 
selling and university disruption; 
delays  in  customer  payments  due  to  widespread  disruption  and  pervasive  cash  conservation  behaviors  in  the  face  of 
uncertainty; 
reduced  student  demand  for  continuing  education  which  impacted  our  undergraduate  and  masters  online  program 
management programs, due to funding constraints related to loss of employment and/or lack of interest in pursuing education 
during a period of uncertainty; and 
lower demand for early career technology talent due to client constraints including, the closure of corporate offices, staffing 
uncertainty, internal contractor hiring restrictions or financial constraints. 

The outbreak also presents challenges as the majority of our workforce is currently working remotely and shifting to assisting new and 
existing customers who are also generally working remotely.  

We cannot predict with any certainty the degree to which the disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and reactions thereto will 
continue. 

The COVID-19 pandemic may have the effect of heightening other risks identified in this section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  such  as  those  related  to  technology  disruption  and  the  adoption  by  colleges  and  universities  of 
online delivery of their educational offerings. It is not possible for us to predict the duration or magnitude of the adverse impacts of the 
outbreak and its effects on our business, results of operations or financial condition at this time, but such effects may be material. 

Index 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  trading  price  of  the  shares  of  our  common  stock  may  fluctuate  materially,  and  investors  of  our  common  stock  could  incur 
substantial losses. 

Our  stock  price  may  fluctuate  materially.  The  stock  market  in  general  has  experienced  significant  volatility  that  has  often  been 
unrelated  to  the  operating  performance  of  companies.  As  a  result  of  this  volatility,  investors  may  not  be  able  to  sell  their  common 
stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including: 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

actual or anticipated changes in our consolidated operating results;  
variances between actual consolidated operating results and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial 
community;  
changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;   
conditions or trends in our industry, the stock market or the economy;   
the level of demand for our stock, the stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies; 
announcements by us or our competitors of new product or service offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships 
or divestitures;   
announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;   
capital commitments;   
investors’ general perception of the Company and our business;  
recruitment or departure of key personnel; and 
sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders.   

Our  company  is  highly  dependent  on  information  technology  systems  and  their  business  management  and  customer-facing 
capabilities critical for the long-term competitive sustainability of the business. These capabilities include business planning and 
transaction  information,  product  development  and  delivery,  marketing  and  sales  information  and  management,  and  system 
security. 

We  must  continue  to  invest  in  technology  and  other  innovations  to  adapt  and  add  value  to  our  products  and  services  to  remain 
competitive. This is particularly true in the current environment, where investment in new technology is ongoing and there are rapid 
changes in the products competitors are offering, the products our customers are seeking, and our sales and distribution channels. In 
some  cases,  investments  will  take  the form  of  internal  development;  in others,  they may  take  the  form  of  an  acquisition. There are 
uncertainties whenever developing or acquiring new products and services, and it is often possible that such new products and services 
may  not  be  launched,  or,  if  launched,  may  not  be  profitable  or  as  profitable  as  existing  products  and  services.  If  we  are  unable  to 
introduce new technologies, products, and services, our ability to be profitable may be adversely affected. 

The demand for digital and lower cost books could impact our sales volumes and pricing in an adverse way.  

A  common  trend  facing  each  of  our  businesses  is  the  digitization  of  content  and  proliferation  of  distribution  channels  through  the 
internet  and  other  electronic  means,  which  are  replacing  traditional  print  formats.  The  trend  to  digital  content  has  also  created 
contraction in the print book retail market which increases the risk of bankruptcy for certain retail customers, potentially leading to the 
disruption  of  short-term  product  supply  to  consumers,  as  well  as  potential  bad  debt  write-offs. New  distribution  channels,  such  as 
digital  formats,  the  internet,  online  retailers,  and  growing  delivery  platforms  (e.g.  tablets  and  e-readers),  combined  with  the 
concentration of retailer power, present both risks and opportunities to our traditional publishing models, potentially impacting both 
sales volumes and pricing. 

As  the  market  has  shifted  to  digital  products,  customer  expectations  for  lower-priced  products  have  increased  due  to  customer 
awareness of reductions in production costs and the availability of free or low-cost digital content and products.  As a result, there has 
been  pressure  to  sell  digital  versions  of  products  at  prices  below  their  print  versions.   Increased  customer  demand  for  lower  prices 
could reduce our revenue. 

We publish educational content for undergraduate, graduate, and advanced placement students, lifelong learners, and in Australia, for 
secondary school students. Due to growing student demand for less expensive textbooks, many college bookstores, online retailers and 
other entities offer used or rental textbooks to students at lower prices than new textbooks. The internet has made the used and rental 
textbook markets more efficient and has significantly increased student access to used and rental books.  Further expansion of the used 
and rental book markets could further adversely affect our sales of print textbooks, subsequently affecting our consolidated financial 
position and results of operations. 

Index 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adverse  publicity  could  negatively  impact  our  reputation,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  consolidated  financial  position  and 
results of operations. 

Our professional customers worldwide rely upon many of our publications to perform their jobs. It is imperative that we consistently 
demonstrate our ability to maintain the integrity of the information included in our publications. Adverse publicity, whether valid or 
not, may reduce demand for our publications and adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Our intellectual property rights may not be protected, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results 
of operations. 

A substantial portion of our publications are protected by copyright, held either in our name, in the name of the author of the work, or 
in the name of a sponsoring professional society. Such copyrights protect our exclusive right to publish the work in many countries 
abroad  for  specified  periods,  in  most  cases,  the  author’s  life  plus  70  years,  but  in  any  event,  a  minimum  of  50  years  for  works 
published  after  1978.  Our  ability  to  continue  to  achieve  our  expected  results  depends,  in  part,  upon  our  ability  to  protect  our 
intellectual property rights. Our consolidated financial position and results of operations may be adversely affected by lack of legal 
and/or technological protections for its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets. 

A reduction in enrollment at colleges and universities could adversely affect the demand for our higher education products.   

Enrollment in U.S. colleges and universities can be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in government and private 
student loan and grant programs, uncertainty about current and future economic conditions, increases in tuition, general decreases in 
family income and net worth, and a perception of uncertain job prospects for graduates. In addition, enrollment levels at colleges and 
universities outside the United States are influenced by global and local economic factors, local political conditions, and other factors 
that make predicting foreign enrollment levels difficult. Reductions in expected levels of enrollment at colleges and universities both 
within and outside the United States could adversely affect demand for our higher education products, which could adversely impact 
our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

In our journal publishing business we have a trade concentration and credit risk related to subscription agents, and in our book 
business  the  industry  has  a  concentration  of  customers  in  national,  regional,  and  online  bookstore  chains.  Changes  in  the 
financial  position  and  liquidity  of  our  subscription  agents  and  customers,  could  adversely  impact  our  consolidated  financial 
position and results of operations.   

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for 
library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash 
is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to us between the months of 
December  and  April.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  we  had  minimal  credit  risk  exposure  to  these  agents,  future  calendar-year 
subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial condition and liquidity.  

Subscription  agents  account  for  approximately  20%  of  total  annual  consolidated  revenue  and  one  affiliated  group  of  subscription 
agents accounts for approximately 10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

Our book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online 
bookstore chains. Although no book customer accounts for more than 8% of total consolidated revenue and 9% of accounts receivable 
at April 30, 2020, the top 10 book customers account for approximately 12% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 18% of 
accounts receivable at April 30, 2020. We maintain approximately $20 million of trade credit insurance, covering balances due from 
certain named customers, subject to certain limitations and annual renewal.  

A  disruption  or  loss  of  data  sources  could  limit  our  collection  and  use  of  certain  kinds  of  information,  which  could  adversely 
impact our communication with our customers.  

Several  of  our  businesses  rely  extensively  upon  content  and  data  from  external  sources.  Data  is  obtained  from  public  records, 
governmental authorities, customers and other information companies, including competitors. Legal regulations, such as the European 
Union’s  General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (“GDPR”),  relating  to  internet  communications,  privacy  and  data  protection,  e-
commerce, information governance, and use of public records, are becoming more prevalent worldwide. The disruption or loss of data 
sources, either because of changes in the law or because data suppliers decide not to supply them, may impose limits on our collection 
and  use  of  certain  kinds  of  information  about  individuals  and  our  ability  to  communicate  such  information  effectively  with  our 
customers.  In  addition,  GDPR  imposes  a  strict  data  protection  compliance  regime  with  severe  penalties  of  up  to  4%  of  worldwide 
revenue or €20 million, whichever is greater. 

Index 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to retain key employees and other personnel, our consolidated financial condition or results of operations may be 
adversely affected. 

The Company and industry are highly dependent on the loyal engagement of key management leaders and professional staff.  Loss of 
staff  due  to  inadequate  skills  and  career  path  development  or  maintaining  competitive  salaries  and  benefits  could  have  significant 
impact on Company performance. 

We have a significant investment in our employees around the world. We offer competitive salaries and benefits in order to attract and 
retain the highly skilled workforce needed to sustain and develop new products and services required for growth. Employment costs 
are affected by competitive market conditions for qualified individuals, and factors such as healthcare and retirement benefit costs. 

We are highly dependent on the continued services of key employees who have in-depth market and business knowledge and/or key 
relationships with business partners. The loss of the services of key personnel for any reason and our inability to replace them with 
suitable candidates quickly or at all, as well as any negative market perception resulting from such loss, could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, consolidated financial position, and results of operation. 

Changes  in  pension  costs  and  related  funding  requirements  may  impact  our  consolidated  financial  position  and  results  of 
operations. 

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., 
Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and 
April  30,  2015,  respectively.  The  funding  requirements  and  costs  of  these  plans  are  dependent  upon  various  factors,  including  the 
actual return on plan assets, discount rates, plan participant population demographics, and changes in pension regulations. Changes in 
these factors affect our plan funding, consolidated financial position, and results of operations. 

We  may  not  realize  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and  benefits  from,  or  our  business  may  be  disrupted  by,  our  business 
transformation and restructuring efforts. 

We continue to transform our business from a traditional publishing model to a global provider of content-enabled solutions with a 
focus on digital products and services. We have made several acquisitions over the past few years that represent examples of strategic 
initiatives that were implemented as part of our business transformation. We will continue to explore opportunities to develop new 
business models and enhance the efficiency of our organizational structure. The rapid pace and scope of change increases the risk that 
not  all  our  strategic  initiatives  will  deliver  the  expected  benefits  within  the  anticipated  timeframes.  In  addition,  these  efforts  may 
somewhat disrupt our business activities, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We continue to restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. Significant risks associated 
with these actions that may impair our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings or that may disrupt our business include delays in 
the  implementation  of  anticipated  workforce  reductions  in  highly  regulated  locations  outside  of  the  U.S.,  decreases  in  employee 
morale,  the  failure  to  meet  operational  targets  due  to  the  loss  of  key  employees,  and  disruptions  of  third  parties  to  whom  we  have 
outsourced  business  functions.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  achieve  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and  other  benefits  from  these  actions 
within  the  expected  timeframe  is  subject  to  many  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  are  subject  to 
significant economic, competitive, and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions 
are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and consolidated financial position and results 
of operations could be adversely affected. 

We  may  not  realize  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and  processing  efficiencies  associated  with  the  outsourcing  of  certain  business 
processes. 

We have outsourced certain business functions, principally in technology, content management, printing, manufacturing, warehousing, 
fulfillment,  distribution,  returns  processing,  and  certain  other  transactional  processing  functions,  to  third-party  service  providers  to 
achieve cost savings, and efficiencies. If these third-party service providers do not perform effectively, we may not be able to achieve 
the  anticipated  cost  savings,  and  depending  on  the  function  involved,  we  may  experience  business  disruption  or  processing 
inefficiencies, all with potential adverse effects on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Index 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may not be able to realize the expected benefits of our growth strategies, including successfully integrating acquisitions, which 
could adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.  

Our growth strategy includes title, imprint, and other business acquisitions, including knowledge-enabled services, which complement 
our existing businesses. Acquisitions may have a substantial impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 
Acquisitions  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  difficulties  in  integrating  acquired  operations  and  in  realizing  expected 
opportunities, cost synergies, diversions of management resources, and loss of key employees, challenges with respect to operating 
new businesses, and other uncertainties. 

As a result of acquisitions, we have and may record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets and 
we may never realize the full carrying value of these assets. 

As a result of acquisitions, we recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, including customer 
relationships, trademarks and developed technologies. At April 30, 2020, we had $1,116.8 million of goodwill and $807.4 million of 
intangible assets, of which $121.3 million are indefinite-lived intangible assets, on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 
The intangible assets are principally composed of content and publishing rights, customer relationships, brands and trademarks and 
developed  technology.  Failure  to  achieve  business  objectives  and  financial  projections  could  result  in  an  asset  impairment  charge, 
which would result in a non-cash charge to our consolidated results of operations. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives 
are  tested  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis  and  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  impairment  may  have 
occurred.  Intangible  assets  with  definite  lives,  which  were  $686.1  million  at  April  30,  2020,  are  tested  for  impairment  only  when 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Determining whether an impairment exists can be 
difficult as a result of increased uncertainty and current market dynamics and requires management to make significant estimates and 
judgments. A non-cash intangible asset impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position 
and results of operations. See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for further information related to goodwill and intangible 
assets, and the impairment charges recorded in the year ended April 30, 2020. 

We may be susceptible to information technology risks that may adversely impact our business, consolidated financial position and 
results of operations. 

Information technology is a key part of our business strategy and operations. As a business strategy, Wiley’s technology enables us to 
provide  customers  with  new  and  enhanced  products  and  services  and  is  critical  to  our  success  in  migrating  from  print  to  digital 
business  models.  Information  technology  is  also  a  fundamental  component  of  all  our  business  processes,  collecting  and  reporting 
business data, and communicating internally and externally with customers, suppliers, employees, and others. 

Our  business  is  dependent  on  information  technology  systems  to  support  our  businesses.  We  provide  internet-based  products  and 
services  to  our  customers.  We  also  use  complex  information  technology  systems  and  products  to  support  our  business  activities, 
particularly in infrastructure, and as we move our products and services to an increasingly digital delivery platform. 

We face technological risks associated with internet-based product and service delivery in our businesses, including with respect to 
information  technology  capability,  reliability  and  security,  enterprise  resource  planning,  system  implementations  and  upgrades. 
Failures  of  our  information  technology  systems  and  products  (including  because  of  operational  failure,  natural  disaster,  computer 
virus, or hacker attacks) could interrupt the availability of our internet-based products and services, result in corruption or loss of data 
or breach in security, and result in liability or reputational damage to our brands and/or adversely impact our consolidated financial 
position and results of operations. 

Management has designed and implemented policies, processes and controls to mitigate risks of information technology failure and to 
provide security from unauthorized access to our systems. In addition, we have disaster recovery plans in place to maintain business 
continuity.   The  size  and  complexity  of  our  information  technology  and  information  security  systems,  and  those  of  our  third-party 
vendors  with  whom  we  contract,  make  such  systems  potentially  vulnerable  to  cyber-attacks  common  to  most  industries  from 
inadvertent  or  intentional  actions  by  employees,  vendors,  or  malicious  third  parties.  Such  attacks  are  of  ever-increasing  levels  of 
sophistication and are made by groups and individuals with a wide range of motives. While we have taken steps to address these risks, 
there can be no assurance that a system failure, disruption, or data security breach would not adversely affect our business and could 
have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Index 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are continually improving and upgrading our computer systems and software. We are in the process of implementing a new global 
Enterprise  Resource  Planning  (“ERP”)  system  as  part  of  a  multi-year  plan  to  integrate  and  upgrade  our  operational  and  financial 
systems  and  processes.  We  have  completed  the  implementation  of  record-to-report,  purchase-to-pay,  and  several  other  business 
processes within all locations through fiscal year 2017. We completed the implementation of order-to-cash for certain businesses in 
May 2018 and may continue to roll out additional processes and functionality of the ERP system in phases in the foreseeable future. 
Implementation  of  a  new  ERP  system  involves  risks  and  uncertainties.  Any  disruptions,  delays,  or  deficiencies  in  the  design  or 
implementation of a new system could result in increased costs, disruptions in operations, or delays in the collection of cash from our 
customers,  as  well  as  having  an  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  timely  report  our  financial  results,  all  of  which  could  materially 
adversely affect our business, consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Challenges  and  uncertainties  associated  with  operating  in  developing  markets  has  a  higher  risk  due  to  political  instability, 
economic  volatility,  crime,  terrorism,  corruption,  social  and  ethnic  unrest,  and  other  factors,  which  may  adversely  impact  our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We  sell  our  products  to  customers  in  certain  sanctioned  and  previously  sanctioned  developing  markets  where  we  do  not  have 
operating subsidiaries. We do not own any assets or liabilities in these markets except for trade receivables. In the year ended April 
30, 2020, we recorded an immaterial amount of revenue and net earnings related to sales to Cuba, Sudan, Syria and Iran. While sales 
in these markets are not material to our consolidated financial position and results of operations, adverse developments related to the 
risks  associated  with  these  markets  may  cause  actual  results  to  differ  from  historical  and  forecasted  future  consolidated  operating 
results. 

We have certain technology development operations in Russia and Sri Lanka related to software development and architecture, digital 
content production, and system testing services. Due to the political instability within these regions, there is the potential for future 
government embargos and sanctions, which could disrupt our operations in this area. While we have developed business continuity 
plans to address these issues, further adverse developments in the region could have a material impact on our consolidated financial 
position and results of operations. 

Approximately 22% of Research journal articles are sourced from authors in China. Any restrictions on exporting intellectual property 
could adversely affect our business and consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis 
could be impaired. 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) 
and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange.  The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requires,  among  other  things,  that  we 
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to perform system 
and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness 
of our internal control over financial reporting in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act.  This  may  require  us  to  incur  substantial  additional  professional  fees  and  internal  costs  to  further  expand  our  accounting  and 
finance functions and expend significant management efforts. 

We may in the future discover material weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that 
could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not 
prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, 
not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no 
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to errors or fraud will not occur or that all control issues 
and instances of fraud will be detected. 

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable 
to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were 
to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock 
Exchange, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. 

Index 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The competitive pressures we face in our business, as well as our ability to retain our business relationships with our authors and 
professional societies, could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.  

The contribution of authors and their professional societies is one of the more important elements of the highly competitive elements 
of the publishing business. We operate in highly competitive markets. Success and continued growth depend greatly on developing 
new products and the means to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological change. Attracting new authors and professional 
societies while retaining our existing business relationships is critical to our success. If we are unable to retain our existing business 
relationships  with  authors  and  professional  societies,  this  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  position  and 
results of operations. 

Changes  in  laws,  tariffs, and  regulations, including regulations  related  to open  access,  could adversely  impact  our  consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

We maintain operations in Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe, and the United States. The conduct of our business, including the sourcing 
of  content,  distribution,  sales,  marketing,  and  advertising,  is  subject  to  various  laws  and  regulations  administered  by  governments 
around  the  world.  Changes  in  laws,  regulations,  or  government  policies,  including  tax  regulations  and  accounting  standards,  may 
adversely affect our future consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

The scientific research publishing industry generates much of its revenue from paid customer subscriptions to online and print journal 
content.  There  is  debate  within  government,  academic,  and  library  communities  whether  such  journal  content  should  be  made 
available for free, immediately or following a period of embargo after publication, referred to as “open access,” For instance, certain 
governments  and  privately  held  funding  bodies  have  implemented  mandates  that  require  journal  articles  derived  from  government-
funded  research  to  be  made  available  to  the  public  at  no  cost  after  an  embargo  period.  Open  access  can  be  achieved  in  two  ways: 
Green,  which  enables  authors  to  publish  articles  in  subscription  based  journals  and  self–archive  the  author  accepted  version  of  the 
article for free public use after an embargo period, and Gold, which enables authors to publish their articles in journals that provide 
immediate free access to the final version of the article on the publisher’s Web site, and elsewhere under permissive licensing terms, 
following  payment  of  an  APC.  These  mandates  have  the  potential  to  put  pressure  on  subscription-based  publications.  If  such 
regulations are widely implemented, our consolidated financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.  

To  date,  the  majority  of  governments  that  have  taken  a  position on  open  access  have  favored  the  green  model  and  have  generally 
specified embargo periods of twelve months. The publishing community generally takes the view that this period should be sufficient 
to protect subscription revenues, provided that publishers’ platforms offer sufficient added value to the article. Governments in Europe 
have been more supportive of the gold model, which thus far is generating incremental revenue for publishers with active open access 
programs. Several European administrations are showing interest in a business model which combines the purchasing of subscription 
content  with  the  purchase  of  open  access  publishing  for  authors  in  their  country.  This  development  removes  an  element  of  risk  by 
fixing revenues from that market, provided that the terms, price, and rate of transition negotiated are acceptable. 

The  uncertainty  surrounding  the  implementation  and  effect  of  Brexit  may  cause  increased  economic  volatility,  affecting  our 
operations and business. 

On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (UK) exited the European Union (referred to as "Brexit"). The UK has agreed to abide by 
EU rules during a transition period until the end of 2020, at which point the European Union and the UK expect to have agreements in 
place regarding future ties including trade, customs, commerce and travel. 

A withdrawal without a trade agreement in place could significantly disrupt the free movement of goods, services, and people between 
the  U.K.  and  the  European  Union,  and  result  in  increased  legal  and  regulatory  complexities,  as  well  as  potential  higher  costs  of 
conducting business in Europe. Additional Brexit-related impacts on our business could include potential inventory shortages in the 
U.K., increased regulatory burdens and costs to comply with U.K.-specific regulations and higher transportation costs for our products 
coming  into  and  out  of  the  U.K.  Any  of  these  effects,  among  others,  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business  and 
consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Cyber risk and the failure to maintain the integrity of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties 
with which we do business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition, and results of 
operations. 

Cyber-attacks  and  hackers  are  becoming  more  sophisticated  and  pervasive.  Our  business  is  dependent  on  information  technology 
systems  to  support  our  businesses.  We  provide  internet-based  products  and  services  to  our  customers.  We  also  use  complex 
information  technology  systems  and  products  to  support  our  business  activities,  particularly  in  infrastructure  and  as  we  move  our 
products  and  services  to  an  increasingly  digital  delivery  platform.  Across  our  businesses,  we  hold  personal  data,  including  that  of 
employees and customers. 

Index 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efforts to prevent cyber-attacks and hackers from entering our systems are expensive to implement and may limit the functionality of 
our  systems.  Individuals  may  try  to  gain  unauthorized  access  to  our  systems  and  data  for  malicious  purposes,  and  our  security 
measures may fail to prevent such unauthorized access. Cyber-attacks and/or intentional hacking of our systems could adversely affect 
the  performance  or  availability  of  our  products,  result  in  loss  of  customer  data,  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  conduct  business,  or 
result  in  theft  of  our  funds  or  proprietary  information,  the  occurrence  of  which  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

Fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates could materially impact our consolidated financial condition 
and results of operations. 

Non-U.S. revenues, as well as our substantial non-U.S. net assets, expose our consolidated results to volatility from changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates. Non-U.S. dollar revenues accounted for 44% of our total consolidated revenues for fiscal year 2020, which 
primarily includes revenues in British pound sterling of 26% and euro of 10%. In addition, our interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
are subject to risk from changes in interest rates. These risks and the measures we have taken to help mitigate them are discussed in 
Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We may, from 
time-to-time, use derivative instruments to hedge such risks. Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate the effects of changes 
in external market or fiscal circumstances, we cannot predict with certainty changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest 
rates, inflation, or other related factors affecting our business, consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We may not be able to mitigate the impact of inflation and cost increases, which could have an adverse impact on our consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

From  time  to  time,  we  experience  cost  increases  reflecting,  in  part,  general  inflationary  factors.  There  is  no  guarantee  that  we  can 
increase  selling  prices  or  reduce  costs  to  fully  mitigate  the  effect  of  inflation  on  our  costs,  which  may  adversely  impact  our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Changes  in  tax  laws,  including  regulations  and  other  guidance  in  connection  with  the  U.S.  Federal  tax  legislation  originally 
known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position 
and results of operations. 

We are subject to tax laws within the jurisdictions in which we conduct business, including the U.S. and many foreign jurisdictions. In 
addition to the Tax Act in the U.S., changes in tax laws and interpretations in other jurisdictions where we do business, such as the 
U.K.  and  Germany,  could  significantly  impact  the  taxation  of  our  non-U.S.  earnings.  We  are  also  subject  to  potential  taxes  and 
regulations  in jurisdictions where we have sales  even  though we  do not  have  a physical  presence.   These  taxes  and  potential  taxes 
could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations as most of our income is earned outside 
the U.S. In addition, we are subject to audit by tax authorities and are regularly audited by various tax authorities. Although we believe 
our  tax  estimates  are  reasonable,  the  final  determination  of  tax  audits  could  be  materially  different  from  our  historical  income  tax 
provisions and accruals and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Changes in global economic conditions could impact our ability to borrow funds and meet our future financing needs. 

Changes in global financial markets have not had, nor do we anticipate they will have, a significant impact on our liquidity. Due to our 
significant  operating  cash  flow,  financial  assets,  access  to  capital  markets,  and  available  lines  of  credit  and  revolving  credit 
agreements,  we  continue  to  believe  that  we  have  the  ability  to  meet  our  financing  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.  As  market 
conditions change, we will continue to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity or our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations will not be adversely affected by possible future changes in global financial 
markets and global economic conditions. Unprecedented market conditions including illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, 
dramatic fluctuations in foreign currency rates, and economic recession could affect future results. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Index 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2. Properties 

We occupy office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as listed below (excluding those locations with 
less  than  10,000  square  feet  of  floor  area,  none  of  which  is  considered  material  property). All  of  the  buildings  and  the  equipment 
owned or leased are believed to be in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. 

Location 

Purpose 

Owned or Leased 

Approx. Sq. Ft. 

United States: 
New Jersey 

Indiana 
California 
Massachusetts 
Illinois 
Florida 
Minnesota 
Texas 
Kentucky 
International: 
Australia 
Canada 
England 

France 
Germany 

Jordan 
Singapore 
Russia 
China 
India 

Greece 
Brazil 
Sri Lanka 

Corporate Headquarters 
Office 
Office 
Offices 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 

Offices 
Office 
Distribution Centers 
Offices 
Offices 
Offices 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Distribution Centers 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 

Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Owned 
Leased 
Owned 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

294,000
185,000
42,000
21,000
26,000
52,000
58,000
28,000
11,000
47,000

34,000
13,000
298,000
102,000
70,000
36,000
104,000
18,000
24,000
35,000
27,000
18,000
12,000
25,000
16,000
12,000
32,000

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

The  information  set  forth  in  Note  16,  “Commitment  and  Contingencies,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

We are involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of 
all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon our consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

Index 

21 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information About Our Executive Officers 

Set forth below are the current executive officers of the Company. Each of the officers listed will serve until the next organizational 
meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and until each of the respective successors are duly elected and qualified.  

Name, Current and Former Positions 

BRIAN A. NAPACK 
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director  
March 2012 – Senior Advisor, Providence Equity Partners LLC 

  Age 

First Elected to 
Current Position 

58 

December 2017 

JOHN A. KRITZMACHER 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Interim Chief Accounting Officer 
October 2012 – Senior Vice President of Business Operations, Organizational Planning & Structure at 

59 

WebMD Health Corp  

July 2013  
(EVP, CFO) 
June 2020  
(Interim CAO) 

MATTHEW S. KISSNER 
Executive Vice President, Group Executive 
December 2017 – Chairman of Company's Board of Directors 
May 2017 – Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company 
October 2015 – Chairman of Company's Board of Directors 

DEIRDRE SILVER   
Executive Vice President, General Counsel  
August 2015 – Associate General Counsel, Senior Vice President of Legal, Research 

JUDY VERSES 
Executive Vice President, Research  
October 2011 – President – Global Enterprise and Education, Rosetta Stone Inc. 

KEVIN MONACO 
Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Tax 
October 2009 – SVP, Finance, Treasurer and Investor Relations, Coty Inc.  

AREF MATIN 
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer 
February 2015 – Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Ascend Learning 
July 2012 – Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Pearson Learning Technologies & 

Pearson Higher Education 

MATTHEW LEAVY 
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Educational Publishing 
September 2018 – SVP, Business Development 
January 2018 – Principal Leavy Consulting LLC 
August 2013 – Managing Director Global Managed Services, Pearson plc 

DANIELLE MCMAHAN 
Executive Vice President, Chief People Officer 
June 2017 – Chief Human Resources Officer, York Risk Services Group 
July 2014 – VP, Global Talent, American Express 

66 

February 2019 

52 

February 2020 

63 

October 2016 

56 

October 2018 

61 

May 2018 

52 

September 2019 

45 

November 2019 

Index 

22 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Our Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols JW.A and JW.B, respectively.  

On a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers the payment of cash dividends based upon its review of earnings, our financial 
position, and other relevant factors. As of May 31, 2020, the approximate number of holders of our Class A and Class B Common 
Stock were 733 and 56, respectively, based on the holders of record. 

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million of 
Class A or B Common Stock. This share repurchase program is in addition to the share repurchase program approved by our Board of 
Directors during the year ended April 30, 2017 of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock.   

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020,  we  made  the  following  purchases  of  Class  A  and  Class  B  Common  Stock  under  these  publicly 
announced stock repurchase programs. 

Total Number  
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid Per 
Share 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 
as Part of a 
Publicly 
Announced 
Program 

Maximum 
Number 
of Shares that 
May be 
Purchased 
Under the 
Program 

Maximum 
Dollar Value 
of Shares that 
May Yet be 
Purchased 
Under 
Additional 
Plans 
or Programs 
(Dollars in 
millions) 

February 2020 
March 2020 
April 2020 
Total 

—  $ 
325,000    
—    
325,000  $ 

—     
35.66     
—     
35.66     

—     
325,000     
—     
325,000     

1,131,758   
806,758
806,758
806,758

$200
$200
$200

Index 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

Dollars (in millions, except per share data)  
Revenue, net 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (d) 
Operating (Loss) Income (e) 
Net (Loss) Income  
Working Capital (f) 
Contract Liabilities in Working Capital (f)  
Total Assets  
Long-Term Debt  
Shareholders' Equity  
Per Share Data  
(Loss) Earnings Per Share  

Basic 
Diluted  

Cash Dividends  

Class A Common  
Class B Common  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

2020 

1,831.5  $ 
202.3   
(54.3)    
(74.3)    
(312.3)    
(520.2)    
3,168.8    
765.7    
933.6    

2019 

For the Years Ended April 30, (a)(b)(c) 
2017 
2018 
1,796.1   $ 
3.6 
231.5  
192.2  
(394.3)  
(486.4)  
2,839.5  
360.0  
1,190.6  

1,800.1   $ 
— 
224.0  
168.3  
(379.8)  
(519.1)  
2,948.8  
478.8  
1,181.3  

1,718.5   $ 
— 
211.5     
113.6     
(428.1)     
(436.2)     
2,606.2     
365.0     
1,003.1     

2016 

1,727.0
—
188.1
145.8
(111.1)
(426.5)
2,921.1
605.0
1,037.1

(1.32)  $ 
(1.32)  $ 

1.36  $ 
1.36  $ 

2.94   $ 
2.91   $ 

1.32   $ 
1.32   $ 

3.37   $ 
3.32   $ 

1.28   $ 
1.28   $ 

1.98   $ 
1.95   $ 

1.24   $ 
1.24   $ 

2.51
2.48

1.20
1.20

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for a discussion of 
the factors that contributed to our consolidated operating results for the three years ended April 30, 2020.  
On May 1, 2018, we adopted the U.S. accounting standard regarding revenue recognition ("Topic 606," or "ASC 606"). The 
adoption of Topic 606 did not have a material impact to our consolidated results of operations.  
On May 1, 2019, we adopted the U.S. accounting standard regarding leases (“Topic 842”) which required us to recognize a 
right-of-use  asset  (“ROU”)  and  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  of  more  than  12  months  and  provide  enhanced 
disclosures.    Refer  to  Note  2,  "  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted 
Accounting Standards," in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2020, we recorded non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
totaling  $202.3  million.  See  Note 11,  “Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets,”  for  further  discussion  of  our  goodwill  and 
identifiable intangible assets. 
Due  to  the  retrospective  adoption  on  May  1,  2018  of  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  2017-07,  “Compensation—
Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement 
Benefit Cost,” total net benefits (costs) of $8.1 million and $(5.3) million related to the non-service components of defined 
benefit and other post-employment benefit plans were reclassified from Operating and Administrative Expenses to Interest 
and  Other  Income  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  Total  net  benefits  related  to  the  non-service 
components of defined benefit and other post-employment benefit plans were $8.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2019.  
The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has 
been  collected  in  advance.  Cash  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions  is  used  by  us  for  a  number  of  purposes  including 
funding:  acquisitions,  debt  repayments,  operations,  dividend  payments,  and  purchasing  treasury  shares.  The  contract 
liabilities  will  be  recognized as  income when  the  products  are  shipped or made  available  online  to  the  customers over  the 
term of the subscription period. 

Index 

24 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should 
be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Part II, Item 8, as well as the discussion 
included  above,  “Cautionary  Notice  Regarding  Forward-Looking  Statements  “Safe  Harbor”  Statement  under  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation  Reform  Act  of 1995”  and  “Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures,” along  with Part  I,  Item 1A,  “Risk  Factors,”  of  this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share 
amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements,” unless the context indicates otherwise. 

Recent Events 

  On June 25, 2020, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.3425 per share, or approximately $19.1 million, 
on our Class A and Class B Common Stock. The dividend is payable on July 22, 2020 to shareholders of record on July 7, 
2020. 

Fourth Quarter Highlights 

 

In  March  2020,  the  global  economy  experienced  a  sudden  and  unprecedented  downturn  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  
Wiley’s financial position is fundamentally strong, and we will continue to benefit from our leadership positions in research 
and education.  However, the global isolation measures aimed at halting the COVID-19 spread had a significant impact on 
fourth quarter results, including the following: 

 

 
 

 

 

 

declines in print book sales due to indefinite closings of retail bookstores and the temporary prioritization of 
essential goods by online retailers; 
declines in businesses that rely on in-person engagement, primarily test prep and corporate training; 
delays in signing annual journal subscription agreements in certain parts of Europe and Asia due to challenges of 
remote selling and university disruption;  
delays in customer payments due to widespread disruption and pervasive cash conservation behaviors in the face of 
uncertainty;  
reduced  student  demand  for  continuing  education  which  impacted  our  undergraduate  and  masters  online  program 
management programs, due to funding constraints related to loss of employment and/or lack of interest in pursuing 
education during a period of uncertainty; and 
lower demand for early career technology talent due to client constraints including, the closure of corporate offices, 
staffing uncertainty, internal contractor hiring restrictions or financial constraints. 

As a result, we estimate that the pandemic shutdown impacted fourth quarter revenue and EPS by $30 million to $35 million 
and $0.15 to $0.20 per share, respectively.  

Below is a summary of fourth quarter fiscal year 2020 results as compared with prior year: 

  GAAP Results: Revenue of $474.6 million, a decrease of 3%, and Diluted Loss per Share of $2.83; 
  Non-GAAP  Adjusted  Results  on  a  constant  currency  basis:  Adjusted  Revenue  decreased  2%,  and  Adjusted  EPS 

decreased 44%; 

  We  recorded  non-cash  charges  for  impairment  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  totaling  $202.3  million.  This 
impairment does not result in any future cash expenditures, impact liquidity, affect the ongoing business or financial 
performance  of  Wiley,  or  impact  compliance  with  our  debt  covenants.  See  Note 11,  “Goodwill  and  Intangible 
Assets,” for further discussion of our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. 

  On April 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Bio-Rad Laboratories Inc.’s Informatics products including the 
company’s spectroscopy software and spectral databases (“Informatics”). The results of Informatics are included in 
our Research Publishing & Platforms segment results. 

  On  March  2,  2020,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Madgex,  a  market-leading  provider  of  advanced  job  board 
software  and  career  center  services.  The  results  of  Madgex  are  included  in  our  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms 
segment results. 

  We  added  four  new  university  partners  in  the  quarter:  Drake  University  in  Iowa,  University  of  Iowa,  Methodist 

University in North Carolina and Point University in Georgia. 

Index 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations 

FISCAL YEAR 2020 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2019 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2020 increased $31.4 million, or 2%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency 
basis, revenue increased 3% mainly driven by the following factors: 

 

 

an  increase  of  $74.9  million  in  the  Education  Services  business,  including  contributions  from  Learning  House,  which  was 
acquired in November 2018, and mthree, which was acquired in January 2020; and 
an increase of $21.0 million in the Research Publishing & Platforms business. 

These increases were partially offset by a decline of $44.8 million in the Academic & Professional Learning business. 

Excluding the impact of acquisitions, revenues on a constant currency basis declined 1% as compared with the prior year. 

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance. 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  sales  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020  increased  $36.3  million,  or  7%,  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  On  a  constant 
currency  basis,  cost  of  sales  increased  8%.  This  increase  was  primarily  due  to  higher  employment  related  costs  in  the  Education 
Services  business,  and  to  a  lesser  extent,  an  increase  in  marketing  costs,  partially  offset  by  lower  inventory  and  royalty  costs  in 
Academic & Professional Learning.   

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2020 increased $33.8 million, or 4%, as compared with the prior 
year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses increased 5%. The increase was primarily due to increased 
investment in growth initiatives, including incremental costs associated with the acquisitions in the year ended April 30, 2020, and to a 
lesser extent, investments in additional resources in editorial and content support, and higher technology related costs. 

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets: 

Goodwill Impairment 

For  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  impairment  of  goodwill  of  $110.0  million  related  to  our  Education 
Services reporting unit. This charge is reflected in Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Consolidated Statements of 
(Loss) Income. The impairment charge is not deductible for federal or state tax purposes and therefore there is no tax benefit related to 
the impairment charge.  

During our annual goodwill impairment test initiated on February 1, 2020 we identified indicators that the goodwill of the Education 
Services business was impaired due to underperformance as compared with our acquisition case projections for revenue growth and 
operating  cash  flow.  Subsequently,  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020,  we  determined  that  our  updated  revenue  and 
operating cash flow projections would be further impacted by anticipated near-term headwinds due to COVID-19, including adverse 
impacts on new student starts and student re-enrollment. Therefore, we updated the impairment test as of March 31, 2020 to reflect 
this  change  in  circumstances.  As  a  result,  we  concluded  that  the  carrying  value  was  above  the  fair  value,  resulting  in  a  non-cash 
goodwill  impairment  of  $110.0  million.  We  remain  confident  in  the  Education  Services  unit’s  strong  growth  and  profit  potential, 
which is expected over time to be enhanced by the current accelerated shift to online learning. 

Intangible Asset Impairment 

For the year ended April 30, 2020, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge of $89.5 million for our Blackwell trademark, 
which  was  acquired  in  2007  and  carried  as  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  primarily  related  to  our  Research  Publishing  & 
Platforms segment. The impairment reflects our decision to simplify Wiley’s brand portfolio and unify our research journal content 
under  one  Wiley  brand,  which  will  sharply  limit  the  use  of  the  Blackwell  trade  name.  This  impairment  resulted  in  writing  off 
substantially  all  of  the  carrying  value  of  the  intangible  trademark  asset.  This  charge  is  reflected  in  Impairment  of  Goodwill  and 
Intangible Assets in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. The resulting non-cash impairment charge is entirely unrelated to 
COVID-19 or the expected future financial performance of the Research Publishing & Platforms segment.   

Index 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  as  a  result  of  our  decision  to  discontinue  the  use  of  certain  technology  offerings  within  the  Research  Publishing  & 
Platforms  segment,  we  recorded  a  pre-tax  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $2.8  million  related  to  a  certain  developed  technology 
intangible. This charge is reflected in Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.   

See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for further information related to goodwill and intangible assets. 

Restructuring and Related Charges: 

Business Optimization Program  

For  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  we  recorded  pre-tax  restructuring  charges  of  $32.8  million.  We  originally  anticipated 
approximately $15 million to $20 million of restructuring charges, of which approximately $10 million to $15 million was expected to 
be  severance-related  costs  and  the  remainder  to  be  other  related  costs.  However,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020,  we  recorded  $15.0 
million of pre-tax restructuring charges due to additional actions to mitigate the impact of COVID-19. These charges are reflected in 
Restructuring  and  Related  Charges  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  (Loss)  Income.  See  Note  7,  “Restructuring  and  Related 
Charges” for more details on these charges. 

These  fourth  quarter  actions  are  expected  to  generate  $30  million  of  estimated  gross  annual  savings,  which  is  incremental  to  the 
original $100 million of estimated gross savings anticipated over the three-year period. Most of those savings to be reinvested in the 
Company to drive and sustain profitable revenue growth.  

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program 

For the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, we recorded pre-tax restructuring credits of $0.2 million and charges of $3.1 million, 
respectively, related to this program. These credits and charges are reflected in Restructuring and Related Charges in the Consolidated 
Statements of (Loss) Income. See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges” for more details on these credits and charges. 

For the impact of both of our restructuring programs on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share 
(“EPS”).” 

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization of intangibles was $62.4 million for the year ended April 30, 2020, an increase of $7.8 million, or 14% as compared 
with  the  prior  year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis,  amortization  of  intangibles  increased  15%  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  The 
increase in amortization was due to the intangibles acquired as part of the acquisitions completed in fiscal year 2020 and, to a lesser 
extent, intangibles acquired as part of the acquisition of Learning House in November 2018, partially offset by a decrease due to the 
completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets. See Note 4, “Acquisitions” for more details on these transactions. 

Operating (Loss) Income: 

Operating  loss  was  $54.3  million  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020  compared  with  the  prior  year  income  of  $224.0  million.  On  a 
constant currency basis and excluding the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and restructuring charges, Adjusted EBITDA 
decreased 8% primarily due to investment in growth initiatives and the impact of COVID-19.  

Interest Expense: 

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2020 was $25.0 million compared with the prior year of $16.1 million. This increase was 
due  to  higher average debt balances  outstanding,  which  included borrowings  for  the funding  of  acquisitions  and  a  higher weighted 
average effective borrowing rate. 

Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses): 

Foreign exchange transaction gains were $2.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2020 and were primarily due to the net impact of 
the  change  in  average  foreign  exchange  rates  as  compared  to  the  U.S.  dollar  on  our  third-party  accounts  receivable  and  payable 
balances. Foreign exchange transaction losses were $6.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2019 and were primarily due to the net 
impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the U.S. dollar on our intercompany accounts receivable and 
payable balances. 

Index 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Income Taxes: 

The following table summarizes the effective tax rate for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019:  

Effective tax rate as reported  
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Tax effect from other unusual items 
State tax adjustment in 2019 
Deferred tax from the Tax Act Rate Change 
Effective tax rate excluding the items listed above in each year  

2020 

2019 

(17.7)%     
42.3% 
(3.1)% 

—     
— 
21.5% 

21.0%
—
—
1.3%
(0.1)%
22.2%

The effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2020 was less than the year ended April 30, 2019 due to the impairment of goodwill 
and intangible assets, with respect to which we obtained a relatively small tax benefit. Excluding the effect of the impairment charges 
partially offset by the tax effect on other unusual items, the rate was 21.5% for the year ended April 30, 2020, compared to 22.2% for 
the year ended April 30, 2019, primarily due to lower taxes on income outside the U.S. as well as increased tax credits and related 
benefits.    

Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Share (“EPS”): 

Diluted loss per share for the year ended April 30, 2020 was $1.32 per share compared with earnings per share of $2.91 in the prior 
year.  

Below is a reconciliation of our U.S. GAAP (loss) earnings per share to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS: 

U.S. GAAP (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE 
Adjustments: 
Impairment of goodwill 
Impairment of Blackwell trade name 
Impairment of developed technology intangible 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions 
Impact of change in certain International tax rates in 2020 and US state tax rates in 2019 
EPS impact of using weighted-average dilutive shares for adjusted EPS calculation (1) 
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS 

2020 

2019 

$

(1.32)  

$

2.91

1.94  
1.31  
0.04  
0.43  
0.02   
(0.03)   
0.01  
2.40    $

—
—
—
0.04
0.06
(0.05)
—
2.96

$

(1) 

Represents the impact of using diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (56.7 million shares for the 
year ended April 30, 2020) included in the Non-U.S. GAAP adjusted EPS calculation in order to apply the dilutive impact on 
adjusted net income due to the effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock awards. This impact occurs when a 
U.S. GAAP net loss is reported and the effect of using dilutive shares is antidilutive. 

Excluding  the  impact  of  the  items  included  in  the  table  above,  Adjusted  EPS  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020  decreased  19%  to 
$2.40 per share compared with $2.96 per share for the year April 30, 2019. On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS decreased 
21%  due  to  investment  in  growth  initiatives,  including  acquisitions,  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  and  higher  interest  expense.  The 
inorganic earnings impact of acquisitions was $0.33 per share of dilution for fiscal year 2020, including interest expense. 

Index 

28 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS: 

RESEARCH PUBLISHING & PLATFORMS: 
Revenue:  
Research Publishing  
Research Platforms 

Total Research Publishing & Platforms Revenue 

Cost of Sales  
Operating Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles  
Impairment of Intangible Assets (see Note 11) 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit  
Impairment of Intangible Assets (see Note 11) 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

# Not meaningful 

Revenue: 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

% Change 
Favorable 

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 

2020 

2019 

   (Unfavorable)    (Unfavorable) 

$

$

908,952  $
39,887  
948,839  

255,696  
398,514  
29,276  
92,348  
3,886  

169,119  
92,348  
3,886  
265,353  
69,495  
334,848  $
35.3%  

903,249
35,968
939,217

254,560
395,670
28,102
—
1,131

259,754
—
1,131
260,885
60,889
321,774
34.3%

1%
11%
1%

—
(1)%
(4)%
100%
#

2%
11%
2%

(2)%
(2)%
(6)%
100%
#

(35)%

(35)%

2%

4%

2%

4%

Research Publishing & Platforms revenue for the year ended April 30, 2020 increased 1% to $948.8 million on a reported basis and 
increased 2% on a constant currency basis as compared with the prior year. The increase was primarily due to continued growth in 
Open  Access  in  Research  Publishing  primarily  due  to  growth  in  comprehensive  “read  and  publish”  agreements,  which  was  partly 
offset by  lower  traditional  subscription  revenue. Also  contributing  to  the  decrease  in  subscription revenue  were delays  in  renewing 
subscription agreements due to COVID-19 isolation and university disruption.  

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  4%  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  This  increase  was  due  to  higher 
revenues,  and  to  a  lesser  extent,  lower  inventory  related  costs.  These  factors  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  royalty  costs, 
higher  operating  costs,  which  reflected  investments  in  additional  resources  in  editorial  to  support  increased  article  publishing,  and 
marketing related costs, which was partially offset by lower incentive compensation costs.   

Society Partnerships 

For the year ended April 30, 2020:  

 
 
 

9 new society contracts were signed with a combined annual revenue of approximately $9.3 million; 
99 society contracts were renewed with a combined annual revenue of approximately $51.6 million; 
16 society contracts were not renewed with a combined annual revenue of approximately $5.7 million. 

Index 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL LEARNING: 
Revenue:  
Education Publishing  
Professional Learning  

Total Academic & Professional Learning  

Cost of Sales  
Operating Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit  
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

# Not meaningful 

Revenue: 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

 % Change 
Favorable 

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 

2020 

2019 

  (Unfavorable)    (Unfavorable) 

$

$

352,188 $
298,601
650,789

179,131
370,363
16,649
10,470

74,176
10,470
84,646
69,807
154,453 $
23.7%

372,018
331,285
703,303

195,331
343,859
16,709
1,139

146,265
1,139
147,404
68,126
215,530

30.6%  

(5)%  
(10)%  
(7)%  

8%  
(8)%  
—  
#  

(49)%  

(43)%  

(28)%  

(4)%
(9)%
(6)%

7%
(9)%
(1)%
#

(49)%

(42)%

(28)%

Academic & Professional Learning revenue decreased 7% to $650.8 million on a reported basis, and 6% on a constant currency basis 
as compared with the prior year. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue declined 9% on a constant currency basis. This 
decrease was primarily due to the continued decline in book publishing reflecting market conditions, and to a lesser extent, a decrease 
in test preparation and certification offerings. During the fourth quarter of April 30, 2020, due to the impact of COVID-19, there was a 
further decrease in revenue for print books due to retail closures, reprioritization of online retailer shipments toward “essential goods” 
only, test preparation offerings due to cancelled exams, and classroom-dependent corporate training due to office closures. 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 28% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to 
the  decline  in  revenue.  Also  contributing  to  lower  Adjusted  EBITDA,  but  to  a  lesser  extent,  was  increased  investment  in  growth 
initiatives including the acquisitions of zyBooks and Knewton, and an increase in reserves for accounts receivable primarily due to the 
impact of COVID-19. These factors were partially offset by lower inventory and royalty costs as a result of lower revenue. 

Index 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended 
April 30, 

 % Change 
Favorable 

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 

2020 

2019 

   (Unfavorable)   (Unfavorable) 

$

$

214,376
17,479
231,855

156,197
62,991
16,511
110,000
3,671

(117,515)
110,000
3,671
(3,844)
24,131
20,287
8.7%

$

$

157,549
—
157,549

104,831
55,754
9,847
—
389

(13,272)
—
389
(12,883)
18,117
5,234
3.3%

36% 
100% 
47% 

(49)% 
(13)% 
(68)% 
100% 
# 

# 

70% 

# 

36%
100%
48%

(49)%
(13)%
(68)%
100%
#

#

70%

#

EDUCATION SERVICES:  
Revenue:  
Education Services 
mthree 

Total Education Services Revenue 

Cost of Sales  
Operating Expenses  
Amortization of Intangibles  
Impairment of Goodwill (see Note 11) 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)  

Contribution to Loss   
Impairment of Goodwill (see Note 11) 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margins 

# Not meaningful 

Revenue: 

Education Services revenue increased 47% to $231.9 million on a reported basis and 48% on a constant currency basis as compared 
with the prior year. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue increased 11% on a constant currency basis. The increase 
was mainly driven by an increase in fee-based online program management revenue.   

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased by $15.1 million as compared with the prior year. This was due to higher 
revenue, partially offset by higher costs of sales from employment related costs, and to a lesser extent, higher marketing costs.  

Education Services Partners and Programs: 

As of April 30, 2020, Wiley had 69 university partners under contract. 

CORPORATE EXPENSES: 

Corporate Expenses for the year ended April 30, 2020 increased 7% to $180.1 million as compared with the prior year. On a constant 
currency  basis  and  excluding  restructuring  charges,  these  expenses  decreased  1%.  This  was  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in 
employment  and  technology  related  costs,  and  a  life  insurance  recovery  of  $2.0  million.  These  factors  were  partially  offset  by 
additional legal related expense. 

Index 

31 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FISCAL YEAR 2019 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2018 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019  was  flat  at  $1,800  million,  as  compared  with  prior  year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis, 
revenue increased 2% as compared with prior year. This increase was primarily due to the following: 

 

 

 

the  incremental  impact  of  the  acquisition  of  Learning  House  on  November  1,  2018,  which  contributed  $31.5  million  of 
revenue; 
increased revenue in our Research Publishing & Platforms segment primarily driven by open access; and to a lesser extent, 
licensing, reprints, backfiles, and other offerings; and,  
increased revenue in our Education Services segment businesses, excluding the impact of Learning House. 

These increases were offset by declines in Academic & Professional Learning print product sales. 

Refer to Note 4, “Acquisitions,” for more information related to the acquisition of Learning House. 

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance. 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $23.7 million, or 4%, as compared with prior year. On a constant currency 
basis, cost of sales increased 6%. This increase was primarily due to the following factors: 

 
 

 
 

the incremental impact of Learning House, primarily due to marketing and employment related costs; 
an increase in legacy Education Services business marketing costs of $8.1 million primarily due to increased investments to 
support revenue growth;  
higher royalty costs of $6.6 million; and, to a lesser extent, 
higher employment costs of $3.4 million. 

These increases were offset by lower inventory costs of $5.8 million primarily due to lower Academic & Professional Learning print 
sales. 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $6.8 million, or 1%, as compared with prior year 
and  2%  on  a  constant  currency  basis.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  higher  costs  related  to  increased  resources  in  editorial 
resources  to  increase  article  output,  as  well  as  higher  marketing,  advertising  and  sales  costs  and  the  incremental  impact  of  the 
acquisition of Learning House. These factors were partially offset by lower technology costs and the impairment charge in the prior 
year related to one of our Publishing brands of $3.6 million. 

Restructuring and Related Charges: 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program 

For  the  years  ended  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  we  recorded  pre-tax  restructuring  charges  of  $3.1  million  and  $28.6  million, 
respectively, related to this program. These charges are reflected in Restructuring and Related Charges in the Consolidated Statements 
of (Loss) Income. See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges” for more details on these charges. 

For  the  impact  of  this  restructuring  program  on  diluted  earnings  per  share,  see  the  section  below,  “Diluted  Earnings  per  Share 
(“EPS”).” 

Amortization of Intangibles: 

Amortization of intangibles was $54.7 million for the year ended April 30, 2019, an increase of $6.4 million as compared with prior 
year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangibles increased 14%. The increase in amortization was primarily due to the 
acquisition of intangibles as part of the acquisition of Learning House and, to a lesser extent, in the Research Publishing & Platforms 
segment due to the timing of the acquisitions of publishing rights in the second half of 2018. 

Index 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Income: 

Operating income was $224.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2019, a decrease of $7.5 million, or 3%, as compared with prior 
year. On a constant currency basis, excluding the impact from Learning House, which reported an operating loss of $8.0 million, and 
restructuring  charges  and  the  brand  impairment  charge  in  the  prior  year,  operating  income  decreased  6%,  due  to  higher  expenses, 
partially offset by higher revenue. 

Interest Expense: 

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $2.8 million to $16.1 million on a reported basis. This increase was due 
to a higher average debt balances outstanding, which included borrowings for the funding of the acquisition of Learning House, and a 
higher weighted average effective borrowing rate. 

Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses): 

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $6.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2019 and were primarily due to the net impact of 
the  change  in average  foreign exchange rates  as  compared  to  the U.S. dollar on our  intercompany  accounts  receivable  and payable 
balances. For the year ended April 30, 2018, foreign exchange transaction losses were $12.8 million which were primarily due to the 
impact  of  changes  in  average  foreign  exchange  rates  as  compared  to  the  U.S.  dollar  on  our  intercompany  and  third-party  accounts 
receivable and payable balances. 

Provision for Income Taxes: 

The following table summarizes the effective tax rate for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018:  

Effective tax rate as reported  
State tax adjustment in 2019 
Deferred Tax from the Tax Act Rate Change 
Effective tax rate excluding the deferred tax from the Tax Act and state tax adjustment  

2019 

2018 

21.0%     
1.3%     

(0.1)% 
22.2%     

10.2%
—
11.7%
21.9%

The  effective  tax  rate  for  the  year  ended  April 30, 2019 was  greater  than  the  rate  for  the year  ended April  30, 2018 due  to  the net 
deferred tax benefit from the Tax Act in the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to the relatively small net deferred benefit in the year 
ended April 30, 2019 from state tax apportionment changes.  

The effective tax rate was equal to the U.S. statutory rate for the year ended April 30, 2019 as the increase from higher taxes on non-
U.S. income and various other items was offset by a state tax benefit from more favorable apportionment factors which reduced our 
deferred tax liabilities, net of federal benefit. 

The Tax Act 

On  December  22,  2017,  the  U.S.  government  enacted  comprehensive  tax  legislation.  The  Tax  Act  significantly  revised  the  U.S. 
corporate income tax system. We recorded a significant nonrecurring benefit from the Tax Act during the year ended April 30, 2018. 

EPS: 

EPS for the year ended April 30, 2019 was $2.91 per share compared with $3.32 per share in the prior year. Excluding the impact of 
the items included in the table below, Adjusted EPS for the year ended April 30, 2019 decreased 14% to $2.96 per share compared 
with $3.43 per share in the prior year.  

U.S. GAAP EPS 
Adjustments: 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions 
Impact of Tax Cuts and Job Act 
Impact of reduction in certain U.S. state tax rates in 2019 
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS 

Index 

33 

2019 

2018 

$ 

2.91  $ 

0.04  
0.06  
—  
(0.05) 

2.96   $ 

$ 

3.32

0.39
0.15
(0.43)
—
3.43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS decreased 8% due to lower Adjusted Operating Income. Adjusted EPS for the year ended 
April  30,  2019  was  also  lower  as  compared  with  prior  year  due  to  an  $0.15  per  share  dilutive  impact  of  the  Learning  House 
acquisition. 

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS: 

As  previously  announced,  we  have  changed  our  segment  reporting  structure  to  align  with  our  strategic  focus  areas:  (1)  Research 
Publishing  &  Platforms,  which  continues  to  include  the  Research  publishing  and  Atypon  businesses,  (2)  Academic  &  Professional 
Learning,  which  is  the  former  “Publishing”  segment  combined  with  our  corporate  training  businesses  –  previously  noted  as 
Professional Assessment and Corporate Learning; and (3) Education Services, which includes our Online Program Management and 
mthree  training,  upskilling  and  talent  placement  services  for  professionals  and  businesses.  Prior  period  segment  results  have  been 
revised to the new segment presentation. There were no changes to our consolidated financial results. 

RESEARCH PUBLISHING & PLATFORMS: 
Revenue: 
Research Publishing 
Research Platforms 

Total Research Publishing & Platforms Revenue 

Cost of Sales 
Operating Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 

Contribution to Profit 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

Revenue: 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2019 

2018 

 % Change 
Favorable 
   (Unfavorable)   

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable)  

$

$

903,249   $
35,968  
939,217  

903,950     
32,907     
936,857     

254,560  
395,670  
28,102  
1,131  

259,754  
1,131  
260,885  
60,889  
321,774   $
34.3%     

247,833     
384,030     
26,833     
5,257     

272,904     
5,257     
278,161     
54,805     
332,966     
35.5%     

—     
9%     
—     

(3)%     
(3)%     
(5)%     
78%     

(5)%     

(6)%     

(3)%     

3%
9%
3%

(5)%
(4)%
(6)%
78%

—

(2)%

1%

Research Publishing & Platforms revenue for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $2.4 million, or flat as compared with the prior 
year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 3%, compared with the prior year, primarily due to continued strong growth in 
publication volumes for Open Access, particularly hybrid journals.  

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  1%  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  This  increase  was  due  to  higher 
revenues,  partially  offset  by  higher  cost  of  sales,  primarily  due  to  increased  royalty  costs  and  higher  operating  costs.  The  higher 
operating  costs  include  additional  resources  in  editorial  to  support  increased  journal  publishing  of  $11.2  million,  increased  costs 
related  to  advertising  and  marketing  of  $3.0  million,  and  sales  resources  of  $2.5  million,  which  were  partially  offset  by  lower 
administrative costs. 

Society Partnerships: 

For  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019,  17  new  society  contracts  were  signed,  with  combined  annual  revenue  of  approximately  $5.4 
million, and 4 society contracts were not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $1.8 million. 

Projekt DEAL: 

In  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  we  completed  a  new  agreement  with  a  national  consortium  representing  all  700  German  academic 
institutions. This new three-year agreement provides those German libraries and their researchers with both subscriptions access and 
open  access  publishing.  We  expect  to  generate  modestly  more  revenue  from  this  new  arrangement  and  the  opportunity  to  grow 
revenue through higher publishing volumes. 

Index 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
 
  
     
     
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL LEARNING:  
Revenue: 
Education Publishing 
Professional Learning 

Total Academic & Professional Learning 

Cost of Sales 
Operating Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Publishing Brand Impairment Charge 

Contribution to Profit 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Publishing Brand Impairment Charge 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

Revenue: 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2019 

2018 

 % Change 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable)    

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable)  

$ 

$ 

372,018 
331,285 
703,303 

195,331 
343,859 
16,709 
1,139 
— 

146,265 
1,139 
— 
147,404 
68,126 
215,530 
30.6% 

$

$

401,607   
338,508   
740,115   

209,951   
357,976   
16,303   
8,244   
3,600   

144,041   
8,244   
3,600   
155,885   
72,274   
228,159   
30.8%  

(7)%   
(2)%   
(5)%   

7%   
4%   
(2)%   
86%   
100%   

2%   

(5)%   

(6)%   

(6)%
(1)%
(4)%

6%
2%
(3)%
86%
100%

3%

(4)%

(4)%

Academic & Professional Learning revenue decreased 5% to $703.3 million on a reported basis, and 4% on a constant currency basis 
as compared with the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in book publishing due to a continued shift in market 
demand  for  print  products.  This  decline  was  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  volume  of  test  preparation  and  certification  product 
offerings,  an  increase  in  WileyPLUS  mainly  due  to  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition,  and  an  increase  in  Professional  Assessment 
services and Corporate Learning. 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 4% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to 
lower revenues, partially offset by lower cost of sales due to a decrease in inventory costs and to a lesser extent, book composition and 
product  development  amortization  expense,  as  well  as  lower  operating  expenses,  including  employee  related  costs,  content  related 
costs and, to a lesser extent, technology costs. 

Index 

35 

 
 
 
  
  
  
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended 
April 30, 

2019 

2018 

 % Change 
Favorable 
   (Unfavorable)   

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable) 

$

157,549  
157,549  

$

119,131     
119,131     

104,831  
55,754  
9,847  
389  

(13,272)  
389  
(12,883) 
18,117 
5,234 
3.3% 

$

73,239     
40,805     
5,092     
1,894     

(1,899)     
1,894     
(5) 
13,112 
13,107 
11.0% 

$

32%      
32%      

(43)%      
(37)%      
(93)%      
79%      

#      

#  

32% 
32% 

(43)% 
(37)% 
(93)% 
79% 

# 

# 

(60)%  

(61)% 

EDUCATION SERVICES: 
Revenue: 
Education Services 

Total Education Services Revenue 

Cost of Sales 
Operating Expenses 
Amortization of Intangibles 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 

Contribution to Profit 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margins 

# Not meaningful 

Revenue: 

Education  Services  revenue  increased  32%  to  $157.5  million  on  a  reported  and  on  a  constant  currency  basis  as  compared  with  the 
prior  year.  The  increase  was  mainly  driven  by  the  impact  of  the  acquisition  of  Learning  House  on  November  1,  2018  which 
contributed $31.5 million in revenue, and to a lesser extent, higher revenue in the legacy Education Services business.  

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 61% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was mainly driven by 
higher costs of sales due to the incremental impact of the acquisition of Learning House and higher marketing related costs of $8.1 
million,  due  to the  legacy  Education  Services  business  primarily  due  to  increased  investments  to  support  revenue  growth;  and  to  a 
lesser  extent,  higher  composition  and  product  development  amortization.  In  addition,  higher  operating  expenses  were  due  to  the 
incremental impact of the acquisition of Learning House; and to a lesser extent, an increase in sales related and technology costs. 

Legacy Education Services Partners and Programs: 

As of April 30, 2019, we had 39 university partners and 276 programs under contract. 

CORPORATE EXPENSES: 

Corporate Expenses for the year ended April 30, 2019 decreased 8% to $168.8 million as compared with the prior year. On a constant 
currency  basis  and  excluding  restructuring  charges,  these  expenses  decreased  1%.  This  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower 
employment  related  costs,  including  incentive  compensation  costs,  partially  offset  by  higher  stock-based  compensation  expense  of 
$2.3 million and costs associated with strategic planning of $1.4 million. 

FISCAL YEAR 2021 OUTLOOK 

The  isolation  measures  related  to  COVID-19  continue  to  impact  the  Research  and  Education  businesses,  with  uncertainties  about 
student enrollments, university budgets, and corporate spending. Wiley cannot confidently predict the extent or duration of the impact 
of the pandemic on its operating results and is therefore not providing fiscal year 2021 outlook. We are also withdrawing our fiscal 
year 2022 targets given such limited visibility. 

Index 

36 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
 
  
  
     
      
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
      
 
 
  
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are expecting COVID-19 related pressure on revenue and earnings to continue through the first quarter and into the second quarter 
of  fiscal  year  2021.  With  the  reopening  of  retail  outlets  and  a  return  to  routine  distribution  by  online  retailers,  we  should  see  less 
pressure on print book sales. Student enrollments and university finances are important indicators to both our Research and Education 
businesses.  Other  leading  indicators  we  are  tracking  include  resumption  of  college-entry  exams  and  certification  testing;  corporate 
spending on professional learning; and corporate hiring. 

On June 11, 2020, the Company announced that the Executive Leadership Team (ELT) and the CEO of the Company, along with the 
Board  of  Directors,  agreed  to  six-month  base  pay  reductions,  ranging  from  15%  of  the  base  salary  of  the  ELT  to  30%  of  the  base 
salary of the CEO.  For the Board of Directors, compensation reductions were set at 30% of the cash portion of the annual retainer for 
the independent non-employee directors of the Board, accompanied by an equivalent percentage reduction in the compensation of the 
Chairman  of  the  Board.  These  voluntary  reductions  are  not  financially  necessary  for  Wiley  but  are  important  in  demonstrating 
leadership's shared commitment to our colleagues across the Company who will be impacted by deferred salary merit increases. We 
have  implemented  discretionary  spending  controls  across  the  Company.  We  are  reviewing  our  real  estate  portfolio  for  targeted 
rationalization, given success to date and working from home and the potential workforce benefits. We are significantly accelerating 
our process reengineering and technology in-sourcing initiatives to enable our strategic plans and reduce costs. We are also planning 
to  further  simplify,  standardize  and  automate  our  workflows for  sustainable  efficiency  gains. We project  capital  expenditures  to  be 
approximately $100 million with investment focused on the development of tech-enabled services and platforms as well as workflow 
and process redesign. To further mitigate the impact of the economic downturn, additional cost savings actions are anticipated as we 
make our way through the coming fiscal year. 

As  previously  announced  on  April  9,  2020,  due  to  the  COVID-19  uncertainty,  we  have  decided  to  temporarily  suspend  share 
repurchases.  We will resume share repurchases as the economic environment and our business improve.   

Adjusted EBITDA: 

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated U.S. GAAP net (loss) income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA: 

Net (Loss) Income 
Interest expense 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation and amortization 
Non-GAAP EBITDA 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange transaction (gains) losses  
Interest and other income  
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES: 

Principal Sources of Liquidity 

Year Ended 
April 30, 
2019 

2020 

(74,287) $ 

24,959
11,195
175,127
136,994
202,348
32,607
(2,773)
(13,381)
355,795 $ 

168,263  $
16,121  
44,689  
161,155  
390,228  
—  
3,118  
6,016  
(11,100)  
388,262  $

$

$

2018 

192,186
13,274
21,745
153,989
381,194
3,600
28,566
12,819
(8,563)
417,616

We  believe  that  our  operating  cash  flow,  together  with  our  revolving  credit  facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be 
adequate to meet our operating, investing, and financing needs in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that continued or 
increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our ability to access these markets on terms commercially 
acceptable  in  the  future.  In  addition,  our  liquidity  could  be  adversely  impacted  by  COVID-19  due  to  the  continued  impact  on  our 
customers, including cash collections.  We do not have any off-balance-sheet debt. 

As of April 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $202.5 million, of which approximately $152.4 million, or 75% was located 
outside  the  U.S.  Maintenance  of  these  cash  and  cash  equivalent  balances  outside  the  U.S.  does  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
liquidity or capital resources of our operations. Notwithstanding the Tax Act which generally eliminated federal income tax on future 
cash repatriation to the U.S., cash repatriation may be subject to state and local taxes and withholding or similar taxes. As described in 
Note  13,  “Income  Taxes,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  since  April  30,  2018,  we  no  longer  intend  to 
permanently reinvest earnings outside the U.S. We have a $2.0 million liability related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred 
upon repatriating certain non-U.S. earnings. 

Index 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  May  30,  2019,  we  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  that  amended  and  restated  the  existing  agreement  (“Amended  and  Restated 
RCA”). The Amended and Restated RCA provides for senior unsecured credit facilities comprised of a (i) five-year revolving credit 
facility in an aggregate principal amount up to $1.25 billion, and (ii) a five-year term loan A facility consisting of $250 million. The 
agreement contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including a financial covenant in the form of a consolidated 
net leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio. We incurred approximately $4.0 million of costs related to this agreement. 

As  of  April  30,  2020,  we  had  $775.1  million  of  debt  outstanding  and  approximately  $722.3  million  of  unused  borrowing  capacity 
under our Amended and Restated RCA and other facilities. Our Amended and Restated RCA contains certain restrictive covenants 
related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2020. 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 
13, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, as of April 30, 2020 is as follows: 

Total Debt(1) 
Interest on Debt(2) 
Non-Cancelable Leases 
Minimum Royalty Obligations 
Other Operating Commitments 
Total 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Within 
Year 1 

2–3 
Years 

4–5 
Years 

After 5 
Years 

$ 

$ 

775.8  $ 
61.8    
243.4   
401.1    
83.3    
1,565.4  $ 

9.4  $ 
16.5    
32.3   
98.5    
42.2    
198.9  $ 

31.3  $ 
30.1    
52.0   
146.3    
36.0    
295.7  $ 

735.1  $ 
15.2    
45.2   
87.5    
5.1    
888.1  $ 

—
—
113.9
68.8
—
182.7

(1)  Total debt is exclusive of unamortized issuance costs of $0.7 million. 
(2) 

Interest  on  Debt  includes  the  effect  of  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  the  estimated  future  interest  payments  on  our 
unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2020 remain constant until the maturity of the debt. 

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow 

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019 and 
2018. 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities  
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities 
Effect of Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Changes on Cash, Cash Equivalents and 

$ 

Restricted Cash  

2020 

Year Ended April 30, 
2019 

288,435   $ 
(346,670)     
172,677     

250,831   $ 

(301,502)  
(17,595)  

2018 

382,322
(177,411)
(96,831)

(4,943)     

(8,443)  

3,661

Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, 
as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases and new acquisitions. Below are the 
details of Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018. 

Cash flow from operations is seasonally a use of cash in the first half of Wiley’s fiscal year principally due to the timing of collections 
for annual journal subscriptions, which occurs in the beginning of the second half of our fiscal year. 

Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending: 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  
Less: Additions to Technology, Property and Equipment  
Less: Product Development Spending  
Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending 

Index 

38 

2020 

Year Ended April 30, 
2019 

288,435    $ 
(88,593)      
(26,608)      
173,234   $ 

250,831   $ 
(77,167)  
(24,426)  
149,238  $ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

382,322
(114,225)
(36,503)
231,594

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

The following is a summary of the $37.6 million change in Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities for the year ended April 30, 
2020 as compared with the year ended April 30, 2019 (amounts in millions). 

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities – Year Ended April 30, 2019 
Working Capital Changes:  
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities - due to the timing of collections, including collections from the 

delayed calendar year 2019 journal subscription billing into fiscal year 2020 

Accrued income taxes primarily due to the timing of certain international tax payments 
Lower contributions to the employment retirement plans due to a prior year $10.0 million discretionary contribution

to the U.S. Employees' Retirement Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 

Other working capital items, including the timing of payments of accounts payable 
Lower net income adjusted for items to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities 
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities – Year Ended April 30, 2020 

$

250.8

31.8
(15.8)

6.7
22.2
(7.3)
288.4

$

Our negative working capital was $312.3 million and $379.8 million as of April 30, 2020 and April 30, 2019, respectively, due to the 
seasonality  of  our  businesses.  The  primary  driver  of  the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  contract  liabilities  related  to 
subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of 
purposes, including funding: acquisitions, debt repayments, operations, dividend payments and purchasing treasury shares. Due to the 
economic downturn, we estimate that approximately $30 million of customer payments are delayed into fiscal year 2021. 

The $67.5 million change in negative working capital was primarily due to the increase in cash and cash equivalents, partially offset 
by, an increase in current liabilities of $21.8 million due to the recognition of the short-term portion of operating lease liabilities due to 
the adoption of ASU 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842),” on May 1, 2019, and an increase in accrued employment costs of $11.2 million, 
primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  the  restructuring  liability  related  to  severance  related  costs.  See  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards”, for further details on the adoption of Topic 842. 

The contract liabilities will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the 
term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2020 and as of April 30, 2019 includes $520.2 million and $519.1 million, 
respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

2019 compared to 2018 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities in the year ended April 30, 2019 decreased $131.5 million compared to the year ended 
April 30, 2018 to $250.8 million primarily due to the following factors: 

 
 

 

 

 

lower net earnings adjusted for non-cash items of $24 million, including Learning House;  
the  unfavorable  net  impact  on  accounts  receivable  and  contract  liabilities  from  the  delay  in  billings  and  subsequent 
collections of calendar year 2019 journal subscriptions of $57 million; 
the net use of cash for other working capital items, including the payment of accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $26 
million, primarily due to timing of payments and lower accruals for incentive compensation; 
a  net  use  of  cash  related  to  employee  retirement  plan  contributions  of  $13  million,  which  includes  a  $10.0  million  tax-
advantage discretionary contribution to the U.S. Employees' Retirement Plan in fiscal year 2019; and 
certain one-time closing costs related to the Learning House acquisition of $10 million. 

Our negative working capital was $379.8 million and $394.3 million as of April 30, 2019, and April 30, 2018, respectively, due to the 
seasonality  of  our  businesses.  The  primary  driver  of  the  negative  working  capital  is  unearned  contract  liabilities  related  to 
subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of 
purposes, including funding: acquisitions, debt repayments, operations, dividend payments and purchasing treasury shares.  

Our change in working capital of $14.6 million was primarily due to the delay in billings and subsequent cash collections for calendar 
year  2019  subscriptions  partly  related  to  our  ERP  transition.  We  estimated  that  approximately  $35  million  of  cash  collections  for 
calendar year 2019 journal subscriptions collections were delayed into fiscal year 2020. 

The contract liabilities will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the 
term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2019 and as of April 30, 2018 includes $519.1 million and $486.4 million, 
respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

Index 

39 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities 

2020 compared to 2019 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities in the year ended April 30, 2020 was $346.7 million compared to $301.5 million in the prior 
year. The increase was due to additional net cash used in the year ended April 30, 2020 to acquire businesses, and to a lesser extent, 
additions  for  technology,  property  and  equipment  of  $11.4  million  for  investments  in  products  and  platforms.  See  Note  4, 
“Acquisitions,” for more information related to the acquisitions in fiscal year 2020 and 2019. 

2019 compared to 2018 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities in the year ended April 30, 2019 was $301.5 million compared to $177.4 million in the prior 
year. The increase was due to $190.4 million of net cash used to acquire Learning House.  This was partially offset by a decrease of 
$37.1 million due to lower spending for technology, property and equipment in the year ended April 30, 2019 as a result of the May 
2018  implementation  of  our  enterprise  resource  planning  system  (“ERP”)  order  to  cash  release  for  journal  subscriptions  and  the 
completion  of  our  headquarters  renovations.  In  addition,  a  $12.1  million  decrease  in  product  development  spending,  which  was 
primarily  due  to  the  adoption  of  Topic  606  whereby  certain  costs  to  fulfill  contracts,  which  were  previously  included  in  product 
development  spending  are  now  included  in  cash  flow  from operations.  As  well  as  a decrease of  $17.2  million  in cash used for  the 
acquisition of publication rights and other. 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities 

2020 compared to 2019 

Net  Cash  Provided  by  Financing  Activities  was  $172.7  million  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020  compared  to  Net  Cash  Used  in 
Financing Activities of $17.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2019. This increase in cash provided by financing activities was due 
to an increase in net borrowings of $183.7 million for the year ended April 30, 2020 compared to the prior year, which was primarily 
due to the funding of acquisitions described above, and to a lesser extent, a decrease in cash used for the purchase of treasury stock in 
the year ended April 30, 2020 compared to the prior year.   

During  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  we  repurchased  1,082,217  shares  of  Class  A  and  B  Common  stock  at  an  average  price  of 
$43.05 compared to 1,191,496 shares of Class A Common stock at an average price of $50.35 in the prior year. 

In  the year  ended  April  30, 2020, we  increased our  quarterly dividend  to  shareholders  by 3%  to $1.36  per share  annualized  versus 
$1.32 per share annualized in the prior year. 

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million of 
Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2020, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to $200 million 
that was remaining under this program. No share repurchases were made under this program during the year ended April 30, 2020. 

The  share  repurchase  program  described  above  is  in  addition  to  the  share  repurchase  program  approved  by  our  Board  of  Directors 
during  the  year  ended  April  30,  2017  of  four  million  shares  of  Class  A  or  B  Common  Stock.  As  of  April  30,  2020,  we  had 
authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to 806,758 additional shares that were remaining under this program. 

2019 compared to 2018 

Net  Cash  Used  in  Financing  Activities  was  $17.6  million  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019  compared  to  $96.8  million  in  the  year 
ended April 30, 2018. This decrease in cash used in financing activities was due to an increase in net borrowings of $128.7 million in 
the year ended April 30, 2019 compared to the year ended April 30, 2018. This was partially offset by $25.5 million of lower cash 
proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  and  an  increase  in  cash  used  of  $20.3  million  to  repurchase  shares  of  our  Class  A 
Common Stock.   

During  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019,  we  repurchased  1,191,496  shares  of  Class  A  Common  stock  at  an  average  price  of  $50.35 
compared to 713,177 shares of Class A Common Stock at an average price of $55.65 in the prior year.  

In  the year  ended  April  30, 2019, we  increased our  quarterly dividend  to  shareholders  by 3%  to $1.32  per share  annualized  versus 
$1.28 per share annualized in the prior year. 

As of April 30, 2019, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to 1,888,975 additional shares. 

Index 

40 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND 
DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS 

We  are  subject  to  numerous  recently  issued  statements  of  financial  accounting  standards,  accounting  guidance,  and  disclosure 
requirements.  The  information  set  forth  in  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued  and  Recently 
Adopted Accounting Standards,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference 
and describes these new accounting standards. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES: 

The  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related  disclosures  in  conformity  with  U.S. GAAP  requires  our 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates 
include, among other items, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, 
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets, and retirement plans.  
We  review  these  estimates  and  assumptions  periodically using historical  experience  and  other factors  and  reflect  the  effects of  any 
revisions  on  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  the  period  we  determine  any  revisions  to  be  necessary.  Actual  results  could 
differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently 
Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” includes a summary of the 
significant  accounting  policies  and  methods  used  in  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  Set  forth  below  is  a 
discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods. 

Revenue Recognition:  

See Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our 
revenue recognition policy. 

Sales Return Reserves:  

See  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards”  in  the 
section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our sales return 
reserves. 

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $1.3 million. A change in the pattern 
or trends in returns could also affect the estimated allowance. 

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:  

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the 
estimates  of  fair  value  for  such  items,  including  intangible  assets.  The  excess  of  the  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  determination  of  the  acquisition  date  fair  value  of  the  assets 
acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  required  us  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions,  such  as  projected  revenues  and  related 
growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, customer attrition rates, obsolescence rates of developed technology, and discount rates. 
We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates. 

See Note 4, “Acquisitions,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our acquisitions. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:  

Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually on a reporting unit level during the fourth quarter of each year. Our 
annual impairment assessment date is February 1. A review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis 
if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable. 

A  reporting  unit  is  the  operating  segment  unless,  at  businesses  one  level  below  that  operating  segment–  the  “component”  level, 
discrete  financial  information  is  prepared  and  regularly  reviewed  by  management,  and  the  component  has  economic  characteristics 
that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is 
the reporting unit. 

Index 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
As part of the annual impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not 
that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  In  a  qualitative  assessment,  we  would  consider  the 
macroeconomic  conditions,  including  any  deterioration  of  general  conditions  and  industry  and  market  conditions,  including  any 
deterioration  in  the  environment  where  the  reporting  unit  operates,  increased  competition,  changes  in  the  products/services  and 
regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and 
performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes 
in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value 
of net assets. 

If  the  results  of  our  qualitative  assessment  indicate  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its 
carrying amount, we are required to perform a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. 

Alternatively, if an optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment is not performed, we may perform a quantitative assessment. 
We  early  adopted  ASU  2017-04,  “Intangibles–Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350):  “Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment” 
which eliminated the requirement to calculate an implied fair value of the goodwill based on the fair value of a reporting unit’s other 
assets  and  liabilities.    Under  the  quantitative  assessment,  we  compare  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  to  its  carrying  value, 
including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, there would be 
no indication of impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit were less than the carrying value, an impairment charge would be 
recognized for the difference. 

We  derive  an  estimate  of  fair  values  for  each  of  our  reporting  units  using  a  combination  of  an  income  approach  and  a  market 
approach,  each  based  on  an  applicable  weighting.  We  assess  the  applicable  weighting  based  on  such  factors  as  current  market 
conditions  and  the  quality  and  reliability  of  the  data.  Absent  an  indication  of  fair  value  from  a  potential  buyer  or  similar  specific 
transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value. 

Fair  value  computed  by  these  methods  is  arrived  at  using  a  number  of  key  assumptions  including  forecasted  revenues  and  related 
growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, the discount rate, and the selection of relevant market multiples of comparable publicly-
traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit. There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors 
and  to  our  judgment  in  applying  them  to  this  analysis.  Nonetheless,  we  believe  that  the  combination  of  these  methods  provides  a 
reasonable  approach  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units.  Assumptions  for  sales,  net  earnings,  and  cash  flows  for  each 
reporting unit were consistent among these methods. 

2020 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test 

As of February 1, 2020, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair values 
of our Research Publishing & Platforms and Academic & Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values and, 
therefore, there was no indication of impairment.   

During our annual goodwill impairment test initiated on February 1, 2020 we identified indicators that the goodwill of the Education 
Services business was impaired due to underperformance as compared with our acquisition case projections for revenue growth and 
operating  cash  flow.  Subsequently,  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020,  we  determined  that  our  updated  revenue  and 
operating cash flow projections would be further impacted by anticipated near-term headwinds due to COVID-19, including adverse 
impacts on new student starts and student re-enrollment. Therefore, we updated the impairment test as of March 31, 2020 to reflect 
this  change  in  circumstances.  As  a  result,  we  concluded  that  the  carrying  value  was  above  the  fair  value,  resulting  in  a  non-cash 
goodwill impairment of $110.0 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Consolidated 
Statements of (Loss) Income. Critical assumptions that we used in performing the income and market approach for this reporting unit 
included; revenue projections and operating cash flow projections, the discount rate, and the selection of relevant market multiples of 
comparable publicly-traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit. 

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Education Services, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of 
the  reporting  unit.  When  indicators  of  impairment  are  present,  we  test  definite  lived  and  long-lived  assets  for  recoverability  by 
comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use 
and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower than expected revenue and operating cashflows over a sustained 
period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-
lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the 
Education Services reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment. 

Index 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values 

The  income  approach  is  based  upon  the  present  value  of  expected  cash  flows.  Expected  cash  flows  are  converted  to  present  value 
using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged 
debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is 
appropriate  because  it  provides  a  fair  value  estimate  based  upon  the  reporting  unit’s  expected  long-term  operating  and  cash  flow 
performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the related period 
including growth rates, expected changes in forecasted operating cash flows, and cash expenditures. Other estimates and assumptions 
include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes in future cashless, 
debt-free working capital. 

Changes in any of these assumptions could materially impact the estimated fair value of our reporting units. Our forecasts take into 
account  the  near  and  long-term  expected  business  performance,  considering  the  long-term  market  conditions  and  business  trends 
within the reporting units. For example, each reporting unit includes an assumption regarding the impact of COVID-19 from both a 
current and long-term perspective.  However, changes in this assumption may impact our ability to recover the allocated goodwill in 
the future. For further discussion of the factors that could result in a change in our assumptions, see “Risk Factors” in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.  

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values 

The market approach estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to the 
reporting  unit’s  operating  performance  (the  “Guideline  Public  Company  Method”).  These  multiples  are  derived  from  comparable 
publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such  comparable data are reviewed and 
updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from 
entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and Wiley.  

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-
month  revenue  and  EBITDA  results,  as  applicable,  and  the  selection  of  the  relevant  multiples  to  be  applied.  Under  the  Guideline 
Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a 
publicly  traded  company,  is  considered  and applied,  to  the  calculated  equity  values  to adjust  the public  trading  value  upward for  a 
100% ownership interest, where applicable. 

In  order  to  assess  the  reasonableness of  the  calculated  fair  values  of our reporting  units,  we  also  compare  the  sum  of  the reporting 
units’ fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ 
fair  values  over  the  market  capitalization).  We  evaluate  the  control  premium  by  comparing  it  to  control  premiums  of  recent 
comparable  market  transactions.  If  the  implied  control  premium  is  not  reasonable  in  light  of  these  recent  transactions,  we  will 
reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions. 

If  our  assumptions  and  related  estimates  change  in  the  future,  or  if  we  change  our  reporting  unit  structure  or  other  events  and 
circumstances  change  (such  as  a  sustained  decrease  in  the  price  of  our  common  stock,  a  decline  in  current  market  multiples,  a 
significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  business  climates,  an  adverse  action  or  assessment  by  a  regulator,  heightened 
competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a 
reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges 
in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations 
and financial condition. 

2020 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test  

We estimate the fair value of these assets using a relief from royalty method under an income approach. The key assumptions for this 
method are revenue projections, a royalty rate as determined by management in consultation with valuation experts, and a discount 
rate.  

We recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge of $89.5 million for our Blackwell trademark, which was acquired in 2007 and 
carried  as  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  primarily  related  to  our  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms  segment.  The  impairment 
reflects our  decision  to  simplify Wiley’s  brand portfolio  and unify  our research  journal  content under one Wiley  brand, which  will  
sharply limit the use of the Blackwell trade name. This impairment resulted in writing off substantially all of the carrying value of the 
intangible trademark asset. This charge is reflected in Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets in the Consolidated Statements 
of  (Loss)  Income.  The  resulting  non-cash  impairment  charge  is  entirely  unrelated  to  COVID-19  or  the  expected  future  financial 
performance of the Research Publishing & Platforms segment.   

Index 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See  Note  11,  “Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  details  of  our  goodwill  and 
indefinite lived intangible balances and the review performed in the year ended April 30, 2020 and other related information. 

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:  

See  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards”  in  the 
section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of definite lived 
intangible assets and other long-lived assets. 

Retirement Plans:  

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., 
Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and 
April  30,  2015,  respectively.  Under  the  amendments,  no  new  employees  will  be  permitted  to  enter  these  plans  and  no  additional 
benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments. 

The  accounting  for  benefit  plans  is  highly  dependent  on  assumptions  concerning  the  outcome  of  future  events  and  circumstances, 
including  discount  rates,  long-term  return  rates  on  pension  plan  assets,  healthcare  cost  trends,  compensation  increases  and  other 
factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.  

The discount rates for the U.S., Canada and U.K. pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a 
standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curves are based upon 
portfolios  of  corporate  bonds  rated  at  Aa  or  above  by  a  respected  rating  agency.  The  discount  rate  for  Germany  is  based  on  the 
expected benefit payments for the sample mixed population plan. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are 
estimated using forecasted returns for equities and bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation. The expected long-term rates 
are then compared to the historic investment performance of the plan assets and established by asset class, including an anticipated 
inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment  performance  of  the  plan  assets  as  well  as 
future  expectations  and  estimated  through  consultation  with  investment  advisors  and  actuaries.  Salary  growth  and  healthcare  cost 
trend  assumptions  are  based  on  our  historical  experience  and  future  outlook.  While  we  believe  that  the  assumptions  used  in  these 
calculations  are  reasonable,  differences  in  actual  experience  or  changes  in  assumptions  could  materially  affect  the  expense  and 
liabilities  related  to  our  defined  benefit  pension  plans.  A  hypothetical  one  percent  increase  in  the  discount  rate  would  increase  net 
income  and  decrease  the  accrued  pension  liability  by  approximately  $1.2  million  and  $106.6  million,  respectively.  A  one  percent 
decrease in the discount rate would decrease net income and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.3 million and 
$130.1 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would affect net income by approximately 
$4.6 million. 

Index 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We are exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange, and credit risk. It is our policy to monitor these 
exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings 
and  cash  flows  when  it  is  deemed  appropriate  to  do  so.  We  do  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  speculative 
purposes. 

Interest Rates: 

From time to time, we may use interest rate swaps, collars, or options to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. It is 
management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life 
of the derivatives. 

The information set forth in Note 15, "Derivative Instruments and Activities," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under 
the caption "Interest Rate Contracts," is incorporated herein by reference. 

On  an  annual  basis,  a  hypothetical  one  percent  change  in  interest  rates  for  the  $475.7  million  of  unhedged  variable  rate  debt  as  of 
April 30, 2020 would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $3.6 million. 

Foreign Exchange Rates: 

Fluctuations in the currencies of countries where we operate outside the U.S. may have a significant impact on financial results. We 
are primarily exposed to movements in British pound sterling, euros, Canadian and Australian dollars, and certain currencies in Asia. 
The Statements of Financial Position of non-U.S. business units are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for 
assets and liabilities and the Statements of Income are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates for revenues 
and expenses. The percentage of Consolidated Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2020 recognized in the following currencies (on 
an equivalent U.S. dollar basis) were approximately: 56% U.S dollar, 26% British pound sterling, 10% euro, and 8% other currencies. 

Our significant investments in non-U.S. businesses are exposed to foreign currency risk. Adjustments resulting from translating assets 
and liabilities are reported as a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity under the 
caption  Foreign  Currency  Translation  Adjustment. During  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  we  recorded  foreign  currency  translation 
losses in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss of approximately $28.6 million primarily as a result of the fluctuations of the U.S. 
dollar relative to the British pound sterling, and to a lesser extent the euro. 

Exchange rate gains or losses related to foreign currency transactions are recognized as transaction gains or losses on the Consolidated 
Statements of (Loss) Income as incurred. Under certain circumstances, we may enter into derivative financial instruments in the form 
of foreign currency forward contracts to hedge against specific transactions, including intercompany purchases and loans. 

The information set forth in Note 15, "Derivative Instruments and Activities," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under 
the caption "Foreign Currency Contracts," is incorporated herein by reference. 

Customer Credit Risk: 

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for 
library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash 
is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to us between the months of 
December  and  April.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  we  had  minimal  credit  risk  exposure  to  these  agents,  future  calendar-year 
subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial condition and liquidity. Subscription agents account for 
approximately 20% of total annual consolidated revenue and one affiliated group of subscription agents accounts for approximately 
10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

Our book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online 
bookstore chains. Although no book customer accounts for more than 8% of total consolidated revenue and 9% of accounts receivable 
at April 30, 2020, the top 10 book customers account for approximately 12% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 18% of 
accounts receivable at April 30, 2020. We maintain approximately $20 million of trade credit insurance, covering balances due from 
certain named customers, subject to certain limitations and annual renewal.  

Index 

45 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  described  above,  in  Item  7,  “Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  in  the 
caption  “Fourth  Quarter  Highlights,”  certain  of  our  customers  could  be  impacted  by  COVID-19  and  we  could  experience  potential 
delays in payments due to widespread disruption and pervasive cash conservation behaviors in the face of uncertainty causing one or 
more of our clients to file for bankruptcy protection or shut down. 

Disclosure of Certain Activities Relating to Iran: 

The  European  Union,  Canada  and  the  U.S.  have  imposed  sanctions  on  business  relationships  with  Iran,  including  restrictions  on 
financial  transactions  and  prohibitions  on  direct  and  indirect  trading  with  listed  “designated  persons.”  In  the  year  ended  April  30, 
2020, we recorded an immaterial amount of revenue and net earnings related to the sale of scientific and medical content to certain 
publicly funded universities, hospitals and institutions that meet the definition of the “Government of Iran” as defined under section 
560.304 of title 31, Code of Federal Regulations. We assessed our business relationship and transactions with Iran and believe we are 
in compliance with the regulations governing the sanctions. We intend to continue in these or similar sales as long as they continue to 
be consistent with all applicable sanction-related regulations. 

Index 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes are filed as part of this report. 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Financial Statements 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position - April 30, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Note 1.    Description of Business 
Note 2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 
Note 3.    Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers 
Note 4.    Acquisitions 
Note 5.    Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 
Note 6.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 
Note 7.    Restructuring and Related Charges 
Note 8.    Inventories 
Note 9.    Product Development Assets 
Note 10.  Technology, Property, and Equipment 
Note 11.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets 
Note 12.  Operating Leases 
Note 13.  Income Taxes 
Note 14.  Debt and Available Credit Facilities 
Note 15.  Derivative Instruments and Activities 
Note 16.  Commitment and Contingencies 
Note 17.  Retirement Plans 
Note 18.  Stock-Based Compensation 
Note 19.  Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 
Note 20.  Segment Information 
Note 21.  Supplementary Quarterly Financial Information–Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 
Note 22.  Subsequent Events 

54 
55 
56 
57 
58 

59 
59 
66 
71 
75 
75 
76 
78 
78 
78 
79 
81 
83 
85 
86 
88 
88 
91 
94 
96 
98 
98 

Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 

104 

Index 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

To our Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

The management of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control 
over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control 
– Integrated Framework issued by COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective 
as of April 30, 2020.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: 

The  Company  acquired  mthree  during  fiscal  year  2020,  which  represented  less  than  1%  of  total  consolidated  assets,  excluding 
goodwill  and  intangible  assets  which  are  included  within  the  scope  of  the  assessment,  and  approximately  1%  of  total  consolidated 
revenues of the Company as of and for the year ended April 30, 2020.  mthree was excluded from the Company's assessment of the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2020. 

We are in the process of implementing a new global ERP that will enhance our business and financial processes and standardize our 
information systems. As previously disclosed, we have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay and several 
other business processes within all locations through fiscal year 2017. We completed the implementation of order-to-cash for certain 
businesses in May 2018 and may continue to roll out additional processes and functionality of the ERP in phases in the foreseeable 
future. 

As with any new information system we implement, this application, along with the internal controls over financial reporting included 
in  this  process,  will  require  testing  for  effectiveness.  In  connection  with  this  ERP  implementation,  we  are  updating  our  internal 
controls over financial reporting, as necessary, to accommodate modifications to our business processes and accounting procedures. 
We do not believe that the ERP implementation will have an adverse effect on our internal control over financial reporting. 

Except as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2020. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2020 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent 
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

The Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, Committee Charters, Business Conduct and Ethics Policy and the Code of Ethics 
for  Senior  Financial  Officers  are  published  on  our  web  site  at  www.wiley.com  under  the  “About  Wiley—Corporate  Governance” 
captions.  Copies are also available free of charge to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 
River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774. 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and 
Interim Chief Accounting Officer 

June 26, 2020 

Index 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors  
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
Company)  as of April 30,  2020  and 2019,  the  related  consolidated  statements of  (loss)  income,  comprehensive  (loss)  income,  cash 
flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2020, and the related notes and financial 
statement  schedule  in  Item  15(2)  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results 
of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2020,  in  conformity  with  U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  April  30,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our 
report  dated  June  26,  2020  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting. 

Change in Accounting Principle  

As  discussed  in  Note 2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  its  method  of  accounting  for  leases  as  of 
May 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 842, Leases. 

As  discussed  in  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  changed  its  method  of  accounting  for  revenue 
recognition as of May 1, 2018 due to the adoption of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 

Basis for Opinion 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, 
on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included 
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  that  were  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or 
disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or 
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the 
critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenue 

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company generated $909.0 million, $650.8 million, and 
$214.4 million of Research Publishing, Academic & Professional Learning, and Education Services revenue, respectively, for 
the year ended April 30, 2020. The Company’s uses multiple information technology (IT) systems to record revenue. 

Index 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  identified  the  evaluation  of  the  sufficiency  of  audit  evidence  over  Research  Publishing,  Academic  &  Professional 
Learning,  and  Education  Services  revenue  as  a  critical  audit  matter.  Evaluating  the  sufficiency  of  audit  evidence  obtained 
involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge and required especially subjective auditor judgment because 
of the multiple revenue recognition processes, IT applications, and data interfaces. 

The  primary  procedures  we  performed  to  address  this  critical  audit  matter  included  the  following.  We  performed  risk 
assessment procedures and applied auditor judgment to determine the nature and extent of procedures to be performed over 
revenue.  We  tested  certain  internal  controls  over  the  Company’s  revenue  recognition  processes.    We  involved  IT 
professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in (1) testing certain IT applications and controls used by 
the Company in its revenue recognition processes, and (2) testing the interface of relevant revenue data between different IT 
systems  used  in  the  revenue  recognition  processes.  On  a  sample  basis,  we  also  tested  the  recorded  revenue  by  tracing  the 
recorded  amounts  for  specific  transactions  back  to  underlying  documentation.  In  addition,  we  evaluated  the  overall 
sufficiency of the audit evidence obtained over revenue 

Assessment of the initial fair value of certain acquired intangible assets 

As  discussed  in  Note  4  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  accounts  for  acquired  businesses  using  the 
acquisition method of accounting by recording assets and liabilities acquired at their respective fair values. During the year 
ended April 30, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of mthree, Zyante Inc., and other businesses for an aggregate 
purchase price of $234.2 million (“acquisitions”). The Company recorded intangible assets of $109.0 million during the year 
related  to  these  acquisitions,  including  customer  relationships,  developed  technology,  content  and  trademarks.  The 
determination  of  the  acquisition  date  fair  value  of  these  intangible  assets  required  the  Company  to  develop  assumptions, 
including  key  assumptions  regarding  forecasted  revenues  and  related  growth  rates,  forecasted  operating  cash  flows,  the 
customer attrition rate, the obsolescence rate of developed technology, and the discount rates. 

We identified the assessment of the initial fair value of the acquired mthree customer relationships and Zyante Inc. developed 
technology  as  a  critical  audit  matter.  There  was  a  high  degree  of  subjectivity  involved  in  evaluating  the  key  assumptions 
developed by the Company used to determine the fair value of such customer relationships and developed technology. The 
estimated  fair  values  of  the  mthree  customer  relationships  and  Zyante  Inc.  developed  technology  were  also  sensitive  to 
changes in these key assumptions.  

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal 
controls  over  the  Company’s  acquisition-date  valuation  process,  including  controls  related  to  the  development  of  the  key 
assumptions  for  the  mthree  customer  relationships  and  Zyante  Inc.  developed  technology.  We  performed  risk  assessment 
procedures and applied auditor judgment to determine the nature and extent of procedures to be performed over the mthree 
customer  relationships  and  Zyante  Inc.  developed  technology.  We  evaluated  the  growth  rates  used  by  the  Company  to 
determine forecasted revenues by comparing them to prior acquisitions; current industry, market, and economic trends; and 
historical  results  of  the  acquired  entities.  We  evaluated  the  forecasted  operating  cash  flows  by  comparing  them  to  prior 
acquisitions,  analyst  reports  of  comparable  entities,  and  historical  results  of  the  acquired  business  and  the  Company.  We 
assessed the obsolescence rate of the Zyante Inc. developed technology and mthree customer attrition rate by comparing them 
to historical experience of the Company and acquired entities. We performed sensitivity analyses over the Company’s key 
assumptions to assess the impact of possible changes to the key assumptions on the acquisition-date fair value of the mthree 
customer relationships and Zyante, Inc. developed technology. We involved a valuation professional with specialized skills 
and knowledge, who assisted in:  
 

evaluating certain discount rates by comparing them to discount rates that were independently developed using publicly 
available market data for comparable entities,  
developing  the  estimated fair  value of  mthree  customer relationships using  the  Company’s  cash  flow  forecasts  and an 
independently developed discount rate, and comparing it to the Company’s fair value estimate, and  
developing estimated fair value of Zyante Inc. developed technology using the Company’s forecasted revenues and an 
independently developed discount rate and comparing it to the Company’s fair value estimate. 

 

 

Index 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assessment of the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit 

As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the total goodwill balance was $1,116.8 million as of April 
30,  2020,  of  which  $167.6  million  was  related  to  the  Education  Services  segment,  which  includes  the  Education  Services 
reporting  unit.  During  the  completion  of  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  test,  the  Company  identified  indicators  of 
impairment in the Education Services reporting unit. Evaluating goodwill for impairment involves comparing the fair value 
of the Education Services reporting unit to its carrying value. The Company uses a combination of an income approach and a 
market  approach  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  its  reporting  units,  which  requires  the  Company  to  make  key  assumptions 
regarding forecasted revenues and related growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, the discount rate, and the selection 
of relevant market multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit. The 
Company  concluded  that  the  fair  value  of  the  Education  Services  reporting  unit  was  below  its  carrying  value  and  an 
impairment of $110.0 million was recognized. 

We identified the assessment of the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit as a critical audit matter. Testing the 
key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit involved a high degree of auditor 
judgment as changes to those assumptions had a significant effect on the Company’s assessment of the fair value. 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal 
controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment testing process, including controls related to the development of the key 
assumptions.  We  evaluated  (1)  the  revenue  growth  rates  used  by  the  Company  to  determine  forecasted  revenues,  and  (2) 
forecasted  operating  cash flows by  comparing  them  to  industry, market and  economic reports,  and historical  results  of  the 
Education Services reporting unit. We performed a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of possible changes to the key 
assumptions  on  the  measurement  date  fair  value  of  the  Education  Services  reporting  unit.  We  involved  a  valuation 
professional with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in: 
 

evaluating the discount rate by comparing it to (1) a weighted average cost of capital that was independently developed 
using publicly available market data for comparable entities, (2) discount rates used in previous impairment analyses of 
the Education Services reporting unit, and (3) discount rates utilized in historical acquisitions of the Education Services 
reporting unit, 
evaluating  relevant  market  multiples  of  comparable  publicly-traded  companies  with  similar  characteristics  to  the 
reporting unit, and 
developing an estimated fair value of the Education Services reporting unit using the Company’s cash flow forecast and 
an independently developed discount rate and comparing it to the Company’s fair value estimate. 

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002. 

New York, New York 
June 26, 2020 

Index 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 
2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of  April  30,  2020  and  2019,  and  the  related 
consolidated statements of (loss) income, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in 
the  three-year  period  ended  April  30,  2020,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement  schedule  in  Item  15(2)  (collectively,  the 
consolidated  financial  statements),  and  our  report  dated  June  26,  2020  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those  consolidated 
financial statements. 

The  Company  acquired  mthree  during  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  and  management  excluded  from  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2020, mthree’s internal control over financial 
reporting associated with less than 1% of total consolidated assets, excluding goodwill and intangible assets which are included within 
the scope of the assessment, and approximately 1% of total consolidated revenues of the Company as of and for the year ended April 
30, 2020. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over 
financial reporting of mthree.  

Basis for Opinion  

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report On Internal Control 
Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1) pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Index 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
June 26, 2020 

Index 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
In thousands 

Assets:  
Current Assets  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  

Total Current Assets  

Product Development Assets, net  
Royalty Advances, net 
Technology, Property and Equipment, net  
Intangible Assets, net 
Goodwill  
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets 
Other Non-Current Assets  

Total Assets  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:  
Current Liabilities  

Accounts payable  
Accrued royalties 
Short-term portion of long-term debt 
Contract liabilities 
Accrued employment costs  
Accrued income taxes  
Short-term portion of operating lease liabilities 
Other accrued liabilities  

Total Current Liabilities  

Long-Term Debt  
Accrued Pension Liability  
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities  
Operating Lease Liabilities 
Other Long-Term Liabilities  

Total Liabilities 

Shareholders’ Equity  

$ 

$ 

$ 

April 30, 

2020 

2019 

202,464   $ 
309,384     
43,614     
59,465     
614,927     

53,643     
36,710 
298,005     
807,405     
1,116,790     
142,716 
98,598     
3,168,794   $ 

93,691   $ 
87,408 
9,375 
520,214     
108,448     
13,728     
21,810
72,595     
927,269     

765,650     
187,969     
119,127     
159,782 
75,373     

2,235,170 

92,890
306,631
35,582
67,441
502,544

62,470
36,185
289,021
865,572
1,095,666
—
97,308
2,948,766

90,980
78,062
—
519,129
97,230
21,025
—
75,900
882,326

478,790
166,331
143,775
—
96,197
1,767,419

Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 2 million, Issued – 0 
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 180 million, Issued – 70,166 and 70,127 as of 

April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively 

Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized – 72 million, Issued – 13,016 and 13,055 as of 

—     

—

70,166     

70,127

April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss):  
Foreign currency translation adjustment  
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax  
Unrealized (loss) on interest rate swap, net of tax  
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Less: Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 23,405 and 22,634 as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, 

respectively, Class B – 3,920 and 3,918 of April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively) 
Total Shareholders’ Equity  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity  

13,016     
431,680     
1,780,129     

(340,703)     
(227,920)     
(6,874)     
(575,497)     

(785,870)     
933,624     
3,168,794   $ 

$ 

13,055
422,305
1,931,074

(312,107)
(196,057)
(574)
(508,738)

(746,476)
1,181,347
2,948,766

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Index 

54 

 
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF (LOSS) INCOME 
Dollars in thousands, except per share data 

Revenue, net 

Costs and Expenses  

Cost of sales 
Operating and administrative expenses 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Restructuring and related charges  
Amortization of intangibles  
Total Costs and Expenses  

Operating (Loss) Income  

Interest Expense  
Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses)  
Interest and Other Income 

(Loss) Income Before Taxes  
Provision for Income Taxes  

Net (Loss) Income  

(Loss) Earnings Per Share  

Basic  
Diluted  

Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding 

Basic  
Diluted  

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2020 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2019  
1,800,069   $ 

1,831,483  $ 

2018 
1,796,103

591,024    
997,355    
202,348   
32,607    
62,436    
1,885,770    

554,722     
963,582     

— 
3,118     
54,658     
1,576,080     

531,024
953,222
3,600
28,566
48,230
1,564,642

(54,287)    

223,989     

231,461

(24,959)    
2,773    
13,381    

(16,121)     
(6,016)     
11,100     

(63,092)    
11,195    

212,952     
44,689     

(13,274)
(12,819)
8,563

213,931
21,745

(74,287)  $ 

168,263   $ 

192,186

(1.32)  $ 
(1.32)  $ 

2.94   $ 
2.91   $ 

3.37
3.32

56,209    
56,209    

57,192     
57,840     

57,043
57,888

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Index 

55 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME 
Dollars in thousands 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

Net (Loss) Income  

$ 

(74,287)   $ 

168,263   $ 

192,186

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:  

Foreign currency translation adjustment  
Unrealized retirement costs, net of tax benefit of $10,137, $1,337, and $252, 

respectively 

Unrealized (loss) gain on interest rate swaps, net of tax benefit (provision) of 

$2,114, $1,161, and $(459), respectively 
Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income  

(28,596)     

(60,534)     

67,639

(31,863)     

(5,031)     

(524)

(6,300)     
(66,759)     

(3,593)     
(69,158)     

592
67,707

Comprehensive (Loss) Income  

$ 

(141,046)   $ 

99,105   $ 

259,893

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Index 

56 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
Dollars in thousands 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

$ 

(74,287)   $ 

168,263   $ 

192,186

Operating Activities  
Net (Loss) Income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Amortization of intangibles 
Amortization of product development assets 
Depreciation and amortization of technology, property and equipment 
Restructuring and related charges 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Employee retirement plan expense 
Royalty advances 
Earned royalty advances 
Foreign exchange transaction (gains) losses 
Other non-cash charges (credits) 
Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities 

Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Accounts payable 
Accrued royalties 
Contract liabilities 
Accrued income taxes 
Restructuring payments 
Other accrued liabilities 
Employee retirement plan contributions 
Operating lease liabilities 
Other 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  

Investing Activities  

Product development spending  
Additions to technology, property and equipment  
Businesses acquired in purchase transactions, net of cash acquired 
Acquisitions of publication rights and other 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities  

Financing Activities  

Repayments of long-term debt  
Borrowings of long-term debt  
Payment of debt issuance costs 
Purchases of treasury shares 
Change in book overdrafts  
Cash dividends  
Net (payments) proceeds from exercise of stock options and other  

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities  

Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash 
Cash Reconciliation: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Balance at Beginning of Year 
Increase/(Decrease) for Year 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Balance at End of Year 
Cash Paid During the Year for  

Interest  
Income taxes, net of refunds 

Non-cash items: 
Non-cash items associated with the acquisition of Learning House: 

Warrants to purchase 0.4 million shares of Wiley Class A Common Stock issued in 
connection with the Learning House acquisition 

$ 
$ 

$ 

202,348   
62,436     
35,975     
76,716     
32,607     
20,009     
10,832     
(133,497)     
131,398     
(2,773)   
7,115     

(2,962)   
(2,714)   
1,163   
13,425   
(118)   
(5,962)   
(12,563)   
(7,817)   
(33,729)   
(28,243)   
(924)   
288,435     

(26,608)     
(88,593)     
(229,629)   
(1,840)     
(346,670)     

(630,551)     
934,323     
(4,006)   
(46,589)     
(48)     
(76,658)     
(3,794)     
172,677     
(4,943)     

92,890   
658   
93,548   
109,499   
202,464   
583     
203,047     

— 
54,658  
37,079  
69,418  
3,118  
18,327  
5,236  
(129,949)  
129,125  
6,016 
(11,136)  

(64,734) 
3,820 
7,369 
6,169 
29,901 
9,613 
(15,219) 
(32,713) 
(40,470) 
— 
(3,060) 
250,831  

(24,426)  
(77,167)  
(190,415) 
(9,494)  
(301,502)  

(476,246)  
596,320  
— 
(59,994)  
(5,674)  
(75,752)  
3,751  
(17,595)  
(8,443)  

169,773 
484 
170,257 
(76,709) 
92,890 
658  
93,548  

23,622   $ 
41,537   $ 

14,867   $ 
48,264   $ 

3,600
48,230
41,432
64,327
28,566
11,244
7,388
(122,602)
116,620
12,819
(29,951)

(14,209)
13,517
16,543
3,664
36,243
(565)
(30,595)
1,022
(27,550)
—
10,393
382,322

(36,503)
(114,225)
—
(26,683)
(177,411)

(467,915)
459,304
—
(39,688)
(4,191)
(73,542)
29,201
(96,831)
3,661

58,516
—
58,516
111,741
169,773
484
170,257

12,221
48,709

—  $ 

565  $ 

—

Index 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

57 

 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Dollars in thousands 

Common 
Stock 
Class A    

Common 
Stock 
Class B    

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings    

$  70,086   $  13,096   $  387,896  $ 1,715,423   $ 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensi
ve 
Treasury 
Stock 
Loss 
(507,287)   $  (676,077)  $ 1,003,137

Total 
Sharehold
er’s 
Equity 

—     

—     

(7,646)    

(10)     

—     

7,968    

312

—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
—     

15,686    
11,184    
—    

—     
—     
—     

—     

—     

—    

(61,813)     

—     
—     
—     

—     

13,515    
60    
(39,688)    

29,201
11,244
(39,688)

—    

(61,813)

—     

—     
25 
—     

(11,729)     
—    
—   
—    
—     192,186     
$  70,111   $  13,071   $  407,120  $ 1,834,057   $ 

—     

(25) 

—     
—    
67,707     

(11,729)
—
259,893
(439,580)   $  (694,222)  $ 1,190,557

—    
—   
—    

—     

—     

(8,544)    

—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
—     

4,837    
18,327    
—    

3     

—     
—     
—     

—     

—     

—    

(63,684)     

—     
16     

—     
(16)     

—    
—    

(12,068)     
—     

— 

— 

— 

— 

565   

—    

—   

4,503    

—     

8,826    

285

—     
—     
—     

—     

—     
—     

—    

—    

(1,086)    
—    
(59,994)    

3,751
18,327
(59,994)

—    

(63,684)

—    
—    

(12,068)
—

—   

—   

565

4,503

—     

—     168,263     
$  70,127   $  13,055   $  422,305  $ 1,931,074   $ 

—     

(69,158)     

99,105
(508,738)   $  (746,476)  $ 1,181,347

—    

—     

—     

(10,992)    

—     
—     
—     

—     
—     
—     

358    
20,009    
—    

—     

—     
—     
—     

—     

—     

—    

(64,264)     

—     

11,347    

355

—     
—     
—     

—     

(4,152)    
—    
(46,589)    

(3,794)
20,009
(46,589)

—    

(64,264)

—     
39     
—     

(12,394)     
—     
(74,287)     
$  70,166   $  13,016   $  431,680  $ 1,780,129   $ 

—     
(39)     
—     

—    
—    
—    

—     
—     
(66,759)     

(12,394)
—    
—    
—
—     (141,046)
(575,497)   $  (785,870)  $  933,624

Balance at April 30, 2017 

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-

based Compensation Plans  

Net Proceeds from Exercise of Stock 

Options and Other  

Stock-based Compensation Expense  
Purchase of Treasury Shares  
Class A Common Stock Dividends 

($1.28 per share) 

Class B Common Stock Dividends 

($1.28 per share) 

Common Stock Class Conversions  
Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax   
Balance at April 30, 2018  

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-

based Compensation Plans  

Net Proceeds/(Payments) from Exercise 

of Stock Options and Other  

Stock-based Compensation Expense  
Purchase of Treasury Shares  
Class A Common Stock Dividends 

($1.32 per share)  

Class B Common Stock Dividends 

($1.32 per share) 

Common Stock Class Conversions  
Issuance of Warrants Related to 

Acquisition of a Business 

Adjustment Due to Adoption of New 

Revenue Standard 

Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of 

Tax 

Balance at April 30, 2019  

Restricted Shares Issued under Stock-

based Compensation Plans  

Net Proceeds/(Payments) from Exercise 

of Stock Options and Other  

Stock-based Compensation Expense  
Purchase of Treasury Shares  
Class A Common Stock Dividends 

($1.36 per share) 

Class B Common Stock Dividends 

($1.36 per share) 

Common Stock Class Conversions  
Comprehensive (Loss), Net of Tax 
Balance at April 30, 2020  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Index 

58 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
       
       
      
       
       
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
       
       
      
       
       
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
       
       
      
       
       
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Note 1 – Description of Business 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. Throughout this report, when we 
refer to “Wiley,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” we are referring to John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries, except 
where the context indicates otherwise. 

We  are  a  global  research  and  learning  company.  Through  our  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms  segment,  we  provide  scientific, 
technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related content and services, to academic, corporate, and government libraries, 
learned  societies,  and  individual  researchers  and  other  professionals. The  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  segment  provides 
scientific, professional, and education books in print and digital formats, digital courseware, and  test preparation services, to libraries, 
corporations,  students,  professionals,  and researchers,  as well  as  learning,  development,  and  assessment  services for businesses  and 
professionals  The  Education  Services segment provides online  program management services  for higher  education  institutions  and 
mthree training, upskilling and talent placement services for professionals and businesses. We have operations primarily located in the 
United States (“U.S.”), United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Germany, Russia, Sri Lanka, Canada, Jordan, and France. 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation:  

Our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  all  of  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  our  subsidiaries.  We  have  eliminated  all 
intercompany transactions and balances in consolidation. All amounts are in thousands, except per share amounts, and approximate 
due to rounding. 

Reclassifications: 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

During the three months ended January 31, 2020, we identified an immaterial error within our Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position, including the results for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019. Certain consideration received for services not yet performed, 
mainly for our annual subscription licensing revenue agreements, was presented as a reduction to Accounts Receivable, Net, rather 
than  an  increase  to  Contract  Liabilities.  The  correction  increases  Accounts  Receivable,  Net  and  increases  Contract  Liabilities  by 
approximately $11.8 million for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019. There was no impact on Revenue, Net, Operating Income, Net 
Income,  Earnings  Per  Share,  or  Net  Cash  Provided  by  Operating  Activities  or  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows. 
Management  has  evaluated  all  relevant  quantitative  and  qualitative  factors  and  has  concluded  that  the  error  is  not  material  to  the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position for the previously reported periods. We have revised our accompanying Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position to correct this for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019 and any related disclosures. This immaterial 
error did not impact the April 30, 2020 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The current policy for our subscription licensing 
agreements  is  to  record  accounts  receivable  when  performance  occurs  and  recognize  contract  liabilities  once  the  invoice  is  due,  or 
cash payment is received from the customer. 

Use of Estimates:  

The  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related  disclosures  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  our 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates 
include, among other items, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, 
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets, and retirement plans.  
We  review  these  estimates  and  assumptions  periodically using historical  experience  and  other factors  and  reflect  the  effects of  any 
revisions  on  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  the  period  we  determine  any  revisions  to  be  necessary.  Actual  results  could 
differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. 

Index 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Book Overdrafts:  

Under our cash management system, a book overdraft balance exists for our primary disbursement accounts. This overdraft represents 
uncleared checks in excess of cash balances in individual bank accounts. Our funds are transferred from other existing bank account 
balances or from lines of credit as needed to fund checks presented for payment. As of April 30, 2020 and 2019, book overdrafts of 
$7.4 million, in each year respectively, were included in Accounts Payable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 

Revenue Recognition:  

Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  is  recognized  using  a  five-step  model  consisting  of  the  following:  (1)  identify  the  contract 
with  a  customer,  (2)  identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  (3)  determine  the  transaction  price,  (4)  allocate  the 
transaction  price  to  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  and  (5)  recognize  revenue  when  (or  as)  we  satisfy  a  performance 
obligation. Performance obligations are satisfied when we transfer control of a good or service to a customer, which can occur over 
time  or  at  a  point  in  time.  The  amount  of  revenue  recognized  is  based  on  the  consideration  to  which  we  expect  to  be  entitled  in 
exchange for those goods or services, including the expected value of variable consideration. The customer’s ability and intent to pay 
the  transaction  price  is  assessed  in determining whether a  contract  exists  with  the  customer. If  collectability  of  substantially  all the 
consideration  in  a  contract  is  not  probable,  consideration  received  is  not  recognized  as  revenue  unless  the  consideration  is 
nonrefundable, and we no longer have an obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the customer or collectability becomes 
probable. 

See Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further details 
of our revenue recognition policy. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase 
and are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short-term maturity of the instruments. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:  

The estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of the aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-
off experience, credit evaluations of customers, and current market conditions. A change in the evaluation of a customer’s credit could 
affect  the  estimated  allowance.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  shown  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts  Receivable,  net  on  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  and  amounted  to  $18.3  million  and  $14.3  million  as  of  April  30,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively. 

Sales Return Reserves:  

The process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying 
an  estimated  return  rate  to  current  year  returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return 
experience  in  the  various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  collect,  maintain  and  analyze  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.  This  allows  us  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the 
amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. 
This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective 
of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates.  Associated  with  the  estimated  sales  return 
reserves, we also include a related increase to inventory and a reduction to accrued royalties as a result of the expected returns. Print 
book  sales  return  reserves  amounted  to  a  net  liability  balance  of  $19.6  million  and  $18.5  million  as  of  April  30,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively. 

The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position – increase (decrease): 

Increase in Inventories, net  
Decrease in Accrued royalties  
Increase in Contract liabilities 
Print book sales return reserve net liability balance 

2020 

2019 

8,686  $ 
(4,441)  $ 
32,769  $ 
(19,642)  $ 

3,739
(3,653)
25,934
(18,542)

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

Index 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Inventories:  

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. U.S. book inventories aggregating $24.3 million and $21.0 million at April 30, 
2020 and 2019, respectively, are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. All other inventories are valued using the first-in, 
first-out (FIFO) method. Finished Goods not recorded at LIFO have been recorded at the lower of cost or market. 

Product Development Assets:   

Product development assets consist of book composition costs and other product development costs. Costs associated with developing 
a book publication are expensed until the product is determined to be commercially viable. Book composition costs represent the costs 
incurred to bring an edited commercial manuscript to publication, which include typesetting, proofreading, design, illustration costs, 
and  digital  formatting.  Book  composition  costs  are  capitalized  and  are  generally  amortized  on  a  double-declining  basis  over  their 
estimated useful lives, ranging from 1 to 3 years. Other product development costs represent the costs incurred in developing software, 
platforms, and digital content to be sold and licensed to third parties. Other product development costs are capitalized and amortized 
on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  As  of  April  30,  2020,  the  weighted  average  estimated  useful  life  of  other 
product development costs was approximately 6 years. 

Royalty Advances: 

Royalty  advances  are  capitalized  and,  upon  publication,  are  expensed  as  royalties  earned  based  on  sales  of  the  published  works. 
Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.  

Shipping and Handling Costs:  

Costs  incurred  for  third  party  shipping  and  handling  are  primarily  reflected  in  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  on  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  (Loss)  Income.  We  incurred  $28.8  million,  $32.7  million,  and  $33.7  million  in  shipping  and  handling 
costs in the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

Advertising and Marketing Costs:  

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. We incurred $103.1 million, $89.5 million, and $68.3 million in advertising 
and marketing costs in the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, and these costs are included in Cost of Sales and 
Operating and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.  

Advertising and marketing costs of $65.8 million, $53.7 million, and $38.3 million were included in Cost of Sales in the years ended 
April  30,  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  respectively.  This  includes  certain  advertising  and  marketing  costs  incurred  by  our  Education 
Services business to fulfill performance obligations from contracts with educational institutions. 

Advertising  and  marketing  costs of  $37.3 million, $35.8 million,  and $30.0  million  were  included  in Operating  and  Administrative 
Expenses in the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.  

Technology, Property, and Equipment:  

Technology, property, and equipment is recorded at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and 
repairs are expensed as incurred. 

Technology, property  and  equipment  is depreciated using the  straight-line  method  based upon  the  following  estimated useful  lives: 
Computer Software – 3 to 10 years, Computer Hardware – 3 to 5 years; Buildings and Leasehold Improvements – the lesser of the 
estimated useful life of the asset up to 40 years or the duration of the lease; Furniture, Fixtures, and Warehouse Equipment – 5 to 10 
years. 

Costs  incurred  for  computer  software  internally  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use  are  capitalized  during  the  application 
development stage and expensed as incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages. Costs incurred during the 
application development stage include costs of materials, services and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly 
associated with the software project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software, which is generally 
3 to 5 years. Costs related to the investment in our Enterprise Resource Planning and related systems are amortized over an expected 
useful life of 10 years. Maintenance, training, and upgrade costs that do not result in additional functionality are expensed as incurred. 

Index 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:  

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the 
estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired. The excess of the purchase consideration 
over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The determination of the acquisition date fair 
value  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  required  us  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions,  such  as  projected 
revenues  and  related  growth  rates,  forecasted  operating  cash  flows,  customer  attrition  rates,  obsolescence  rates  of  developed 
technology, and discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:  

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the following: (1) consideration transferred, (2) the fair value of any noncontrolling 
interest in the acquiree, and (3) if the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of our previously held 
equity  interest  in  the  acquiree  over  the  net  of  the  acquisition-date  amounts  of  the  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities 
assumed. 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands and trademarks, and publishing rights and are typically characterized by 
intellectual  property  with  a  long  and  well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand 
recognition in the market. 

We  use  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  for  all  business  combinations  and  do  not  amortize  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  with 
indefinite useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for possible impairment annually during 
the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  might  be 
impaired. 

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:  

Definite-lived  intangible  assets  principally  consist  of  content  and  publishing  rights,  customer  relationships,  brands  and  trademarks, 
developed technology and non-compete agreements and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in 
determining  the  estimated  lives  of  these  intangibles  are  the  history  and  longevity  of  the  brands,  trademarks,  and  content  and 
publication rights and developed technology acquired combined with the strength and pattern of projected cash flows.   

Intangible assets with definite lives as of April 30, 2020, are amortized on a straight line basis over the following weighted average 
estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights – 34 years, customer relationships – 16 years, brands and trademarks – 13 years, 
developed technology – 7 years, and non-compete agreements – 5 years. 

Assets with definite lives are evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment. In 
these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its 
estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash flows. 

Derivative Financial Instruments:  

From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange forward and interest rate swap contracts as a hedge against foreign currency asset 
and  liability  commitments,  changes  in  interest  rates,  and  anticipated  transaction  exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All 
derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges 
are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to earnings. We do not use financial instruments for trading or speculative 
purposes. 

Foreign Currency Gains/Losses:  

We  maintain  operations  in  many  non-U.S.  locations.  Assets  and  liabilities  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  end-of-period 
exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted average rates. Our significant investments in 
non-U.S.  businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  reported  as  a  separate 
component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are 
recognized on the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income as incurred. 

Index 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation:  

We recognize stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the stock-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an 
estimate for future forfeited awards. As such, stock-based compensation expense is only recognized for those awards that are expected 
to ultimately vest. The fair value of stock-based awards is recognized in net income generally on a straight-line basis over the requisite 
service  period.  The  grant  date  fair  value  for  stock  options  is  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  The 
determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model include the expected life of an option, the expected volatility of our 
common  stock  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option,  a  risk-free  interest  rate,  and  the  expected  dividend  yield.  Judgment  was  also 
required  in  estimating  the  amount  of  stock-based  awards  that  may  be  forfeited.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  associated  with 
performance-based  stock  awards  is  based  on  actual  financial  results  for  targets  established  three  years  in  advance.  The  cumulative 
effect on current and prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is 
recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision. If actual results differ significantly from estimates, our stock-
based compensation expense and Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income could be impacted. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 which requires entities to recognize revenues when control of the promised goods or 
services  is  transferred  to  customers  at  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  to  in 
exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of 
revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from  contracts  with  customers.  We  adopted  ASU  2014-09,  and  all  related  amendments,  which 
established ASC Topic 606 (the "new revenue standard"), effective as of May 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method. The 
adoption  of  the  new  revenue  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  to  our  consolidated  revenues,  financial  position,  or  results  of 
operations. Upon adoption, we recorded an immaterial net increase to opening retained earnings resulting from the change in timing of 
when certain components of our revenue are recognized as required under the new revenue standard as compared to historical policies.  

The impact of the adoption of the new revenue standard was not material to our Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income for the year 
ended April 30, 2019; therefore, we have omitted the disclosure that summarizes the effect of the revenue recognition standard by line 
item on our Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. 

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02  “Income  Statement—Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220): 
Reclassification  of  Certain  Tax  Effects  from  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income,”  which  allows  a  reclassification  from 
accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. We 
adopted ASU 2018-02 on May 1, 2019. We did not elect to reclassify the income tax effects from comprehensive income to retained 
earnings for the stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Our policy for releasing the income tax effects from 
accumulated other comprehensive income is to release when the corresponding pretax accumulated other comprehensive income items 
are reclassified to earnings. 

Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities 

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for 
Hedging Activities,” to simplify and improve the application and financial reporting of hedge accounting. Subsequently, in November 
2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-16,  “Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  Inclusion  of  the  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate 
(SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes”. ASU 2017-12 eases the 
requirements for measuring and reporting hedge ineffectiveness and clarifies that changes in the fair value of hedging instruments for 
cash flow, net investment, and fair value hedges should be reflected in the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of 
the  hedged  item.  The  guidance  also  permits  entities  to  designate  specific  components  in  cash  flow  and  interest  rate  hedges  as  the 
hedged risk, instead of using total cash flows. ASU 2018-16 allows the use of the OIS rate based on the SOFR as a U.S. benchmark 
interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. We adopted ASU 2017-12, 2018-06 and 2019-04, for those portions related to ASU 2017-
02, on May 1, 2019 and there was no impact to our consolidated financial statements at the date of adoption.  

Index 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leases 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)”. Subsequently, the FASB issued in March 2019, ASU 2019-
01,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Codification  Improvements”,  in  December  2018  ASU  2018-20,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Narrow  Scope 
Improvements  for  Lessors”, and  in  July  2018  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-11,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Targeted  Improvements”  and 
ASU 2018-10, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases”.  ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize a right-of-use asset 
(“ROU”)  and  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  of  more  than  12  months  and  provide  enhanced  disclosures.  Recognition, 
measurement, and presentation of expenses depends on classification as a finance or operating lease. Similar modifications have been 
made to lessor accounting in-line with revenue recognition guidance. 

The  new  standard  provides  a  number  of  optional  practical  expedients  in  transition.  We  elected  the  practical  expedients  to  forgo  a 
reassessment  of  (1)  whether  any  expired  or  existing  contracts  are  or  contain  leases,  (2)  the  lease  classification  for  any  expired  or 
existing leases, and (3) initial direct costs.  We did not elect the practical expedient allowing the use-of-hindsight which would have 
required us to reassess the lease term of our leases based on all facts and circumstances through the effective date.  In addition, we did 
not elect the practical expedient pertaining to land easements. 

In addition, the new standard provides as a practical expedient, certain policy elections for ongoing lease accounting which we elected 
at the date of adoption and included the following, (i) to not separate nonlease components from the associated lease component if 
certain conditions are met, and (ii) to not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases that qualify as short-term.  

A modified retrospective transition approach was required, applying the standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. 
A company could choose to use either (1) its effective date or (2) the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the 
financial statements as of its date of initial application. We adopted the new standard on May 1, 2019 and used the effective date as the 
date of initial application. Accordingly, previously reported financial information was not updated, and the disclosures required under 
the new standard will not be provided for dates and periods before May 1, 2019.   

At  adoption, we recognized  operating  lease  liabilities  of $178  million based  on  the  present value of the remaining minimum rental 
payments  for  existing  operating  leases  and  ROU  assets  of  $142  million  on  our  Consolidated  Statement  of  Financial  Position.  The 
difference between the ROU assets and operating lease liabilities represents the existing deferred rent liabilities, prepaid rent balances, 
and  applicable  restructuring  liabilities,  which  were  reclassified  upon  adoption  to  reduce  the  measurement  of  the  ROU  assets.  The 
adoption of the standard did not have an impact on our Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity, Consolidated Statement of 
(Loss) Income or Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow. See Note 12, “Operating Leases”, for further details on our operating leases. 

Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill 
Impairment”, which simplifies the measurement of a potential goodwill impairment charge by eliminating the requirement to calculate 
an  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill  based  on  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit’s  other  assets  and  liabilities.  The  new  guidance 
eliminates the implied fair value method and instead measures a potential impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s 
carrying  value  compared  to  its  fair  value.  The  impairment  charge  cannot  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that 
reporting unit. The standard is effective for us on May 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We early adopted ASU 2017-04 during 
the three months ended April 30, 2020.  See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” for further details on the impairment charges 
we recorded during the three months ended April 30, 2020. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

Reference Rate Reform 

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate 
Reform on Financial Reporting.” This ASU provides optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the burden in accounting 
for (or recognizing the effects of) reference rate reform on financial reporting.  This would apply to companies meeting certain criteria 
that  have  contracts,  hedging  relationships  and  other  transactions  that  reference  LIBOR  or  another  reference  rate  expected  to  be 
discontinued because of reference rate reform.  This standard is effective for us as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. We 
are currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements. 

Index 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” This 
ASU is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within Topic 740, 
“Income Taxes” and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistent application.  The standard is effective for 
us on May 1, 2021, and early adoption is permitted in any interim period for which financial statements have not yet been issued. We 
are currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements. 

Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other-Internal-Use  Software:  Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud 
Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-15,  “Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other-Internal-Use  Software  (Subtopic  350-40): 
Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement  That  is  a  Service  Contract.”  ASU 
2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with 
the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The standard is effective 
for us on May 1, 2020, and interim periods within that fiscal year, with early adoption permitted. This ASU may be applied either 
retrospectively  or prospectively  to  all  implementation  costs  incurred  after  the date  of adoption. We will  adopt  the new standard on 
May 1, 2020 prospectively to all implementation costs that will be incurred on or after the date of adoption. The impact will be based 
on future implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements, which we currently do not expect to have a material impact on our 
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits-Defined Benefit Plans-General (Subtopic 715-
20):  Disclosure  Framework-Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Defined  Benefit  Plans.”  ASU  2018-14  removes  certain 
disclosures that are not considered cost beneficial, clarifies certain required disclosures and added additional disclosures. The standard 
is effective for us on May 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in ASU 2018-14 would need to be applied on a 
retrospective basis.  We are currently assessing the impact the new guidance will have on our disclosures. 

Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-13,  “Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Disclosure  Framework-Changes  to  the 
Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value  Measurement.”  ASU  2018-13  removes,  modifies  and  added  disclosures.  The  standard  is 
effective for us on May 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Certain disclosures in ASU 2018-13 would need to be applied on a 
retrospective  basis  and others  on  a prospective  basis. We will  adopt  the new  standard on  May 1,  2020. We do not believe  that  the 
adoption  of  ASU  2018-13  will  have  an  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements  with  the  exception  of  new  and  expanded 
disclosures. 

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on 
Financial Instruments.” Subsequently, in May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05 - "Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 
326): Targeted Transition Relief”, in April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial 
Instruments—Credit  Losses,  Topic  815,  Derivatives  and  Hedging,  and  Topic  825,  Financial  Instruments,”  in  November  2018,  the 
FASB issued ASU 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses,” in November 2019, the 
FASB issued ASU 2019-11, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses,” and in February 2020, 
the FASB issued ASU 2020-02, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842)—Amendments to SEC 
Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting 
Standards  Update  No.  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842)    (SEC  Update)”.  ASU  2016-13  requires  entities  to  measure  all  expected  credit 
losses  for  most  financial  assets  held  at  the  reporting  date  based  on  an  expected  loss  model  which  includes  historical  experience, 
current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Entities will now use forward-looking information to better form their 
credit loss estimates. ASU 2016-13 also requires enhanced disclosures to help financial statement users better understand significant 
estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses. ASU 2016-13, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-04, ASU 2018-19, ASU 2019-11 
and  ASU  2020-02  are  effective  for  us  on  May  1,  2020,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  periods,  with  early  adoption 
permitted.  

Index 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We will adopt the new standard on May 1, 2020. Based on financial instruments currently held by us, the adoption of ASU 2016-13 
will  primarily  impact  our  trade  receivables,  specifically  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  We  haven’t  completed  our  analysis, 
however, due to the historical, current and expected credit quality of our customers, we do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-13 to 
have a material impact on our consolidated financial results. 

Note 3 — Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers 

Disaggregation of Revenue 

The following tables present our revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by segment and product type. 

Research Publishing & Platforms: 

Research Publishing  
Research Platforms 

Total Research Publishing & Platforms 

Academic & Professional Learning:  

Education Publishing 
Professional Learning 

Total Academic & Professional Learning 

Education Services: 
Education Services 
mthree 

Total Education Services 
Total Revenue 

Description of Revenue Generating Activities  

2020 

Years Ended April 30, 
2019 

2018 

908,952 $ 
39,887  
948,839   

903,249 $ 
35,968  
939,217   

352,188   
298,601   
650,789   

372,018   
331,285   
703,303   

903,950
32,907
936,857

401,607
338,508
740,115

214,376  
17,479  
231,855  
1,831,483 $ 

157,549  
—  
157,549  
1,800,069 $ 

119,131
—
119,131
1,796,103

$ 

$ 

Refer to Part I, Item 1, “Business” for a description of our business and our reportable segments. 

Research Publishing & Platforms Segment 

Research Publishing & Platforms revenue by product type are Research Publishing and Research Platforms. 

Research Publishing 

Research Publishing generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers for the following revenue streams: 

Journal Subscriptions; 

 
  Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles and Other; and 
  Open Access and Comprehensive Agreements. 

Journal Subscriptions 

Journal subscription contracts are negotiated by us directly with customers or their subscription agents. Subscription periods typically 
cover  calendar  years.  In  a  typical  journal  subscription  sale,  there  is  a  written  agreement  between  us  and  our  customer  that  cover 
multiple years.  However,  we typically  account  for  these  agreements  as one-year  contracts  because  our  enforceable  rights under  the 
agreements are subject to an annual confirmation and negotiation process with the customer.  

In journal subscriptions, there are generally two performance obligations; a functional intellectual property license with a stand-ready 
promise  to  provide  access  to  new  content  for  one  year,  which  includes  online  hosting  of  the  content;  and  a  functional  intellectual 
property perpetual license for access to historical journal content, which also includes online hosting of the content. The transaction 
price consists of fixed consideration. Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance. 

Index 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  allocate  revenue  to  the  stand-ready  promise  to  provide  access  to  new  content  for  one  year  based  on  its  observable  standalone 
selling price which is generally the contractually stated price and the revenue for new content is recognized over one year as we have a 
continuous stand-ready obligation to provide the right of access to additional intellectual property. The allocation of revenue to the 
perpetual licenses for access to historical journal content is done using the expected cost plus a margin approach as permitted by the 
revenue standard. Revenue is recognized at the point in time when access to historical content is initially granted.   

Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles and Other 

Within  licensing,  the  revenue  derived  from  these  contracts  is  primarily  comprised  of  advance  payments,  including  minimum 
guarantees and sales- or usage-based royalty agreements. Our intellectual property is considered to be functional intellectual property.  
Due to the stand-ready promise to provide updates during the subscription period, which is generally an annual period, revenue for the 
minimum  guarantee  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  agreement.  For  our  sales-or  usage-based  royalty 
agreements, we recognize revenue in the period of usage based on the amounts earned. We record revenue under these arrangements 
for the amounts due and not yet reported to us based on estimates of the sales or usage of these customers and pursuant to the terms of 
the contracts. We also have certain licenses whereby we receive a non-refundable minimum guarantee against a volume-based royalty 
throughout the term of the agreement. We recognize volume-based royalty income only when cumulative consideration exceeds the 
minimum guarantee. 

Reprints contracts generally contain a single performance obligation which is the delivery of printed articles. Revenue is recognized at 
the time of delivery of the printed articles. 

For  Backfiles, the  performance  obligation  is  the granting of  a  functional  intellectual  property  license.  Revenue  is recognized at  the 
time the functional intellectual property license is granted.   

Other  includes  our Article Select  offering, whereby we have a single performance obligation  to  our  customers  to give  access  to an 
article through the purchase of a token. The customer redeems the token for access to the article for a 24-hour period. The customer 
purchases the tokens with an upfront cash payment. Revenue is recognized when access to the article is provided.   

Open Access and Comprehensive Agreements 

Under the Author-Funded Access model, we have a signed contract with the customer that contains enforceable rights. The Author-
Funded  Access  model  in  a  typical  model  includes  an  over-time  single  performance  obligation  that  combines  a  promise  to  host  the 
customer’s content on our open access platform, and a promise to provide an APC at a discount to eligible users who are  defined in 
the contract, in exchange for an upfront payment. Enforceable right to payment occurs over time as we fulfill our obligation to provide 
a discount to eligible users, as defined, on future APCs. Therefore, the upfront payment is recorded as a contract liability and revenue 
is recognized over time. 

In January 2019, Wiley announced a new contractual arrangement in support of Open Access, a countrywide partnership agreement 
with  Projekt  DEAL,  a  representative  of  nearly  700  academic  institutions  in  Germany.  This  transformative  three-year  agreement 
provides all Projekt DEAL institutions with access to read Wiley’s academic journals back to the year 1997, and researchers at Projekt 
DEAL institutions can publish articles open access in Wiley’s journals. The partnership will better support institutions and researchers 
in  advancing  open  science,  driving  discovery,  and  developing  and  disseminating  knowledge.  Projekt  DEAL  includes  multiple 
performance  obligations,  which  include  a  stand-ready  promise  to  provide  access  to  new  content,  perpetual  license  for  access  to 
historical journal content and accepting articles to be hosted on our open access platform. We are compensated primarily through a fee 
per article published and a consolidated access fee. The consideration for Projekt DEAL consists of fixed and variable consideration. 
We allocated the total consideration to the fixed and variable components based on stand-alone selling prices for each performance 
obligation.   

Research Platforms 

Atypon  contracts  typically  include  a  single  performance  obligation  for  the  implementation  and  hosting  subscription  services.  The 
transaction  price  is fixed  which may  include price  escalators  that  are fixed  increases per year,  and  therefore, revenue  is  recognized 
upon the initiation of the subscription period and straight-lined over the contract period. The duration of these contracts is generally 
multi-year ranging from 2-5 years.  

Index 

67 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Academic & Professional Learning  

Academic & Professional Learning revenue by product type are Education Publishing and Professional Learning.  

Education Publishing 

Education Publishing generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers for the following revenue streams: 

  Education and STM Publishing; 
  Digital Courseware; 
  Test Preparation and Certification; and 
  Licensing and Other 

Education  Publishing  and  STM  (Scientific,  Technical  and  Medical)  Publishing  within  Education  Publishing  and  Professional 
Publishing within Professional Learning product type below 

Our  performance  obligations  as  it  relates  to  Education,  STM  and  Professional  Publishing  are  primarily  book  products  delivered  in 
both print and digital form which could include a single or multiple performance obligations based on the number of print or digital 
books  purchased  which  are  represented  by  an  International  Standard  Book  Number  (“ISBN’s”),  with  each  ISBN  representing  a 
performance obligation.  Each ISBN has an observable stand-alone selling price since Wiley sells the books separately. 

This  revenue  stream  also  includes  variable  consideration  as  it  relates  to  discounts  and  returns  for  both  print  and  digital  books.  
Discounts  are  identifiable  by  performance  obligation  and  therefore  are  applied  at  the  point  of  sale  by  performance  obligation.  The 
process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying an 
estimated  return  rate  to  current  year  returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return 
experience  in  the  various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  collect,  maintain  and  analyze  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.  This  allows  us  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the 
amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. 
This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective 
of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates.  Associated  with  the  estimated  sales  return 
reserves, we also include a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns. 

As  it  relates  to  print  and  digital  books  within  the  Education,  STM,  and  Professional  Publishing,  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  point 
when control of product transfers, which for print is upon shipment or for digital when fulfillment of the products has been rendered. 

Digital Courseware 

Courseware customers purchase access codes to utilize the product. This could include a single or multiple performance obligations 
based  on  the  number  of  course  ISBN’s  purchased.  Revenue  is  recognized  when  the  access  codes  are  activated  and  then  over  the 
applicable semester term such product relates to. 

Test Preparation and Certification 

Test Preparation and Certification contracts are generally three-year agreements. This revenue stream includes multiple performance 
obligations  as  it  relates  to  the  on-line  and  printed  course  materials,  including  such  items  as  textbooks,  e-books,  video  lectures, 
flashcards, study guides and test banks. The transaction price is fixed; however, discounts are offered and returns of certain products 
are allowed. We allocate revenue to each performance obligation based on its standalone selling price.  Depending on the performance 
obligation, revenue is recognized at the time the product is delivered and control has passed to the customer or over time due to our 
stand-ready obligation to provide updates to the customer. 

Licensing and Other 

Revenue  derived  from  our  licensing  contracts  is  primarily  comprised  of  advance  payments  and  sales-  or  usage-based  royalties. 
Revenue for advance payments is recognized at the point in time that the functional intellectual property license is granted. For sales- 
or  usage-  based  royalties,  we  record  revenue  under  these  arrangements  for  the  amounts  due  and  not  yet  reported  to  us  based  on 
estimates of the sales or usage of these customers and pursuant to the terms of the contracts.  

Index 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Professional Learning 

Professional Learning generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers for the following revenue streams: 

  Professional Publishing, which is described above; 
  Licensing and Other, which is described above; 
  Corporate Training - Professional Assessment; and 
  Corporate Training - Corporate Learning 

Corporate Training - Professional Assessment 

Professional  Assessment  through  our  authorized  distributor  network  includes  multiple  performance  obligations.  This  includes  a 
performance obligation that includes an annual membership which includes the right to purchase products and services, access to the 
platform, support and training.  This performance obligation is recognized over time since we have an obligation to stand-ready for the 
customer’s  use  of  the  services.    In  addition,  there  are  performance  obligations  for  the  assessments  and  related  products  or  services 
which  are recognized  at  a  point  in  time when  the  assessment, product or  service  is provided or  delivered.    The  transaction price  is 
allocated to each performance obligation based on its observable standalone selling price.  

In  addition,  as  it  relates  to  Professional  Assessment  customers’  unexercised  rights  for  situations  where  we  have  received  a 
nonrefundable  payment  for  a  customer  to  receive  an  assessment  and  the  customer  is  not  expected  to  exercise  such  right,  we  will 
recognize such “breakage” amounts as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer which is generally one 
year.  

Corporate Training - Corporate Learning 

The transaction price consists of fixed consideration that is determined at the beginning of each year and received at the same time. 
Within Corporate Learning there are multiple performance obligations which includes the licenses to learning content and the learning 
application.  Revenue  is  recognized  over  time  as  we  have  a  continuous  obligation  to  provide  the  right  of  access  to  the  intellectual 
property which includes the licenses and learning applications. 

Education Services 

Education Services revenue by product type are Education Services and mthree.   

Education Services  

Revenue is primarily derived from pre-negotiated contracts with institutions that provide for a share of tuition generated from students 
who enroll in a program. The duration of Education Services contracts are generally multi-year agreements ranging from a period of 
7-10 years, with some having optional renewal periods. These optional renewal periods are not a material right and are not considered 
a separate performance obligation. 

Education  Services  includes  a  single  performance  obligation  for  the  services  provided  because  of  the  integrated  technology  and 
services our institutional clients need to attract, enroll, educate and support students. Consideration is variable since it is based on the 
number of students enrolled in a program. We begin to recognize revenue at the start of the delivery of the class within a semester, 
which is also when the variable consideration contingency is resolved. 

mthree 

mthree  includes  a  performance  obligation  for  the  services  provided  which  is  recognized  over  the  period  of  time  the  services  are 
provided to its customers.  

Accounts Receivable, net and Contract Liability Balances 

When consideration is received, or such consideration is unconditionally due, from a customer prior to transferring goods or services 
to the customer under the terms of a contract, a contract liability is recorded. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when, or as, 
control of the products or services are transferred to the customer and all revenue recognition criteria have been met. 

Index 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information about receivables and contract liabilities from contracts with customers.  

Balances from contracts with customers: 

Accounts receivable, net 
Contract liabilities (1) 
Contract liabilities (included in Other Long-Term Liabilities)  

April 30, 
2020 

April 30, 
2019 

Increase/ 
(Decrease) 

$ 

$ 

309,384 $ 
520,214  
14,949 $ 

306,631 $ 
519,129  
10,722 $ 

2,753
1,085
4,227

(1)  The  sales  return  reserve  recorded  in  Contract  Liabilities  is  $32.8 million  and $25.9  million  as  of  April  30,  2020  and April  30, 

2019, respectively. 

For the year ended April 30, 2020, we estimate that we recognized as revenue substantially all of the current contract liability at April 
30, 2019. 

The increase to contract liabilities in fiscal year 2020 was primarily driven by renewals of journal subscription agreements, as well as 
open  access  and  comprehensive  agreements,  partially  offset  by  revenue  earned  on  journal  subscriptions  and  open  access  and 
comprehensive agreements and the negative impact of foreign exchange.  The acquisitions during the year ended April 30, 2020 did 
not have a material impact on the change in our contract liability balances during fiscal year 2020. 

Remaining Performance Obligations included in Contract Liability 

As  of  April  30,  2020,  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  the  remaining  performance  obligations  is 
approximately $535.2 million, which included the sales return reserve of $32.8 million. Excluding the sales return reserve, we expect 
that approximately $487.5 million will be recognized in the next twelve months with the remaining $14.9 million to be recognized 
thereafter. 

Assets Recognized for the Costs to Fulfill a Contract 

Costs to fulfill a contract are directly related to a contract that will be used to satisfy a performance obligation in the future and are 
expected to be recovered. These costs are amortized on a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the 
goods or services to which the asset relates. These types of costs are incurred in the following revenue streams, (1) Research Platforms 
and (2) Education Services. 

Our  assets  associated  with  incremental  costs  to  fulfill  a  contract  were  $11.5  million  and  $8.9  million  at  April  30,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively, and are included within Other Non-Current Assets on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. We recorded 
amortization expense of $4.2 million and $2.6 million during the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to these 
assets within Cost of Sales on the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.  

Sales  and  value-added  taxes  are  excluded  from  revenues.  Shipping  and  handling  costs,  which  are  primarily  incurred  within  the 
Academic & Professional Learning segment, occur before the transfer of control of the related goods. Therefore, in accordance with 
the revenue standard, it is not considered a promised service to the customer and would be considered a cost to fulfill our promise to 
transfer  the  goods.  Costs  incurred  for  third  party  shipping  and  handling  are  primarily  reflected  in  Operating  and  Administrative 
Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. We incurred $28.8 million, $32.7 million, and $33.7 million in shipping 
and handling costs in the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively.  

Index 

70 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 4 – Acquisitions 

Fiscal Year 2020 

Pro forma financial information related to these acquisitions has not been provided as it is not material to our consolidated results of 
operations. 

mthree 

On January 1, 2020, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of mthree. mthree is a rapidly growing education 
services  provider  that  addresses  the  IT  skills  gap  by  finding,  training  and  placing  job-ready  technology  talent  in  roles  with  leading 
corporations worldwide. Its results of operations are included in our Education Services segment. 

The preliminary fair value of the consideration transferred at the acquisition date was $128.6 million (£97.5 million) which included 
$122.2 million of cash and $6.4 million of additional consideration to be paid after the acquisition date. We financed the payment of 
the cash consideration primarily through borrowings under our Amended and Restated RCA (as defined below in Note 14, “Debt and 
Available Credit Facilities”) and using cash on hand. The fair value of the cash consideration transferred including those amounts paid 
after the acquisition date, net of $2.2 million of cash acquired was approximately $126.4 million. 

At the time of the acquisition, Wiley entered into agreements with certain employees of mthree who will remain employees after the 
acquisition. Cash payments will be made based on reaching certain revenue and EBITDA targets in each year over a four-year period. 
Such payments are subject to continuing employment and would therefore be considered compensation expense for services provided 
subsequent to the acquisition.  Such expense would be recognized when it becomes probable that the targets will be achieved. 

The mthree acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The excess purchase price over identifiable net 
tangible  and  intangible  assets  has  been  recorded  to  Goodwill  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  as  of April  30, 
2020.  The  fair  value  assessed  for  the  majority  of  the  tangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  equaled  their  carrying  value. 
Goodwill represents synergies and economies of scale expected from the combination of services. We recorded the preliminary fair 
value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date. None of the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. 
The acquisition related costs to acquire mthree were expensed when incurred and were approximately $1.3 million. Such costs were 
primarily  allocated  to  the  Education  Services  segment  and  are  reflected  in  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income in the year ended April 30, 2020. 

mthree’s revenue and operating loss included in our Education Services segment results for the year ended April 30, 2020 was $17.5 
million and $1.7 million, respectively. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  preliminary  consideration  transferred  to  acquire  mthree  and  the  preliminary  allocation  of  the 
purchase price among the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

Total cash consideration transferred  

Assets:  
Current Assets  
Technology, Property and Equipment, net  
Intangible Assets, net 
Goodwill  
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets 
Total Assets  

Liabilities:  
Current Liabilities  
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Operating Lease Liabilities 
Other Long-Term Liabilities 
Total Liabilities 

Index 

71 

Preliminary 
Allocation  

122,242

8,750
484
56,836
82,561
3,710
152,341

14,380
12,722
2,692
305
30,099

$ 

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  their  weighted-average  useful  life  at  the  date  of 
acquisition.  

Customer Relationships 
Trademarks 
Content 
Total 

  Weighted- 
Average 
Useful Life 
(in Years) 

12
10
4

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$ 

$ 

48,792 
6,725 
1,319 
56,836 

The  allocation  of  the  total  consideration  transferred  to  the  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities  assumed  is  preliminary,  and  could  be 
revised  as  a  result  of  additional  information  obtained  due  to  the  finalization  of  the  third-party  valuation  report,  leases  and  related 
commitments,  tax  related  matters  and  contingencies  and  certain  assets  and  liabilities,  including  receivables  and  payables,  but  such 
amounts will be finalized within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the acquisition date. 

Zyante Inc. 

On  July  1,  2019,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Zyante  Inc.  (“zyBooks”),  a  leading  provider  of  computer  science  and  STEM 
education  courseware.  The  results  of  operations of  zyBooks  is  included in  our Academic  &  Professional  Learning  segment  results. 
The fair value of the consideration transferred at the acquisition date was $57.1 million which included $55.9 million of cash and $1.2 
million of additional consideration to be paid after the acquisition date, inclusive of purchase price adjustments which were finalized 
in the three months ended January 31, 2020. The fair value of the cash consideration transferred including those amounts paid after the 
acquisition date, net of $1.8 million of cash acquired was approximately $54.7 million. 

The zyBooks acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The excess purchase price over identifiable 
net tangible and intangible assets has been recorded to Goodwill in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 
2020.  The  fair  value  assessed  for  the  majority  of  the  tangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  equaled  their  carrying  value. 
Goodwill represents synergies and economies of scale expected from the combination of services. Goodwill has been allocated to the 
Academic & Professional Learning segment. None of the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. zyBooks revenue included in 
our Academic & Professional Learning segment results for the year ended April 30, 2020 was $13.5 million. 

The following table summarizes the consideration transferred to acquire zyBooks and the allocation of the purchase price among the 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

Final 
Allocation  

55,939

2,280
28
24,500
36,903
63,711

2,581
5,191
7,772

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total cash consideration transferred  

Assets:  
Current Assets  
Technology, Property and Equipment, net  
Intangible Assets, net 
Goodwill  
Total Assets  

Liabilities:  
Current Liabilities  
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Total Liabilities 

Index 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  their  weighted-average  useful  life  at  the  date  of 
acquisition.  

Developed Technology 
Customer Relationships 
Content 
Trademarks 
Total 

  Weighted- 
Average 
Useful Life 
(in Years) 

7
10
10
10

Fair Value 

10,400
6,800
4,400
2,900
24,500

$ 

$ 

The allocation of the consideration transferred to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed is final. 

Other Acquisitions 

The  preliminary  fair  value  of  cash  consideration  transferred  during  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020  for  all  other  acquisitions  was 
approximately  $48.5  million.  These  other  acquisitions  were  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  as  of  their 
respective acquisition dates. The excess purchase price over identifiable net tangible and intangible assets of $27.9 million has been 
recorded to Goodwill in our Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of April 30, 2020, and $27.7 million of intangible assets 
subject  to  amortization  have  been  recorded,  including  customer  relationships,  developed  technology  and  content  that  are  being 
amortized over estimated weighted average useful lives of 8, 5 and 10, respectively. The fair value assessed for the majority of the 
tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed equaled their carrying value. Goodwill represents synergies and economies of scale 
expected  from  the  combination  of  services.  Goodwill  of  $8.5  million  has  been  allocated  to  the  Academic  &  Professional  Learning 
segment, and $19.4 million has been allocated to the Research Publishing & Platforms segment. The revenue for the year ended April 
30, 2020 related to these other acquisitions was approximately $9.7 million. 

On  April  1,  2020,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Bio-Rad  Laboratories  Inc.’s  Informatics  products  including  the  company’s 
spectroscopy software and spectral databases (“Informatics”). The results of Informatics are included in our Research Publishing & 
Platforms segment results. 

On March 2, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Madgex Holdings Limited (“Madgex”), a market-leading provider of advanced 
job board software and career center services. The results of Madgex are included in our Research Publishing & Platforms segment 
results. 

The allocation of the total consideration transferred to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed for Informatics and Madgex is 
preliminary,  and  could  be  revised  as  a  result  of  additional  information  obtained  due  to  the  finalization  of  the  third-party  valuation 
report, leases and related commitments, tax related matters and contingencies and certain assets and liabilities, including receivables 
and payables, but such amounts will be finalized within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the acquisition 
dates. 

On May 31, 2019, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of Knewton, Inc. (“Knewton”). Knewton is a provider of affordable 
courseware and adaptive learning technology. The results of Knewton are included in our Academic & Professional Learning segment 
results. The allocation of the consideration transferred to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed for Knewton is final. 

We also completed the acquisition of two immaterial businesses, which are included in our Research Publishing & Platforms segment, 
one  immaterial  business  included  in  our  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  segment  results  and  one  immaterial  business  in  our 
Education Services business. 

Index 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 2019 

The Learning House, Inc. 

On  November  1,  2018,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  100%  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  The  Learning  House,  Inc.  (“Learning 
House”) a diversified education services provider. The results of operations of Learning House are included in our Education Services 
segment.  Headquartered  in  Louisville,  KY,  Learning  House  provides  online  program  management  services  including  graduate  and 
undergraduate programs; short courses, boot camps, and other skills training and credentialing for students and professionals; pathway 
services  for  international  students; professional  development  services  for  teachers;  and  learning  solutions  for  corporate  clients.  The 
combination  of  Learning  House  and  Wiley  Education  Services  creates  a  leading  provider  of  tech-enabled  education  services  for 
colleges and universities.  

The fair value of the consideration transferred was $201.3 million which included $200.7 million of cash and $0.6 million of warrants, 
inclusive of purchase price adjustments which were finalized in the three months ended April 30, 2019. We financed the payment of 
the cash consideration through borrowings under our RCA (as defined below in Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities”). The 
warrants were classified as equity and allow the holder to purchase 400,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock at an exercise price 
of  $90.00,  subject  to  adjustments.  The  term  of  the  warrants  is  three  years,  expiring  on  November  1,  2021.  The  fair  value  of  the 
warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The final fair value of the cash consideration transferred, net 
of $10.3 million of cash acquired was $190.4 million. 

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. We recorded the fair value of the assets acquired and 
liabilities  assumed  on  the  acquisition  date,  all  of  which  are  included  in  the  Education  Services  segment.  None  of  the  goodwill  is 
deductible for tax purposes. The allocation of the consideration transferred to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed is final. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  consideration  transferred  to  acquire  Learning  House  and  the  allocation  of  the  purchase  price 
among the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. 

Total consideration transferred  

Assets:  
Current Assets  
Technology, Property and Equipment, net  
Intangible Assets, net 
Goodwill  
Other Non-Current Assets 
Total Assets  

Liabilities:  
Current Liabilities  
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Other Long-Term Liabilities 
Total Liabilities 

Final Allocation 

$ 

201,274

20,353
343
109,548
110,966
5,025
246,235

16,999
26,778
1,184
44,961

$ 

$ 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  their  weighted-average  useful  life  at  the  date  of 
acquisition. 

Customer Relationships 
Course Content 
Total 

Weighted- 
Average 
Useful Life 
(in Years) 

15
4

Fair Value 

$ 

$ 

103,850
5,698
109,548

Learning House’s revenue and operating loss included in our Education Services segment results for the year ended April 30, 2019 
was $31.5 million and $8.0 million, respectively. 

Pro  forma financial  information  related  to  this  acquisition  has not  been provided  as  it is  not material  to our  consolidated results  of 
operations. 

Index 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 5 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings per share for the years ended April 30 follows:  

Weighted average shares outstanding  
Less: Unvested restricted shares  
Shares used for basic (loss) earnings per share  
Dilutive effect of stock options and other stock awards 
Shares used for diluted (loss) earnings per share  

2020 

2019 

2018 

56,224     
(15)     
56,209     
—     
56,209     

57,240     
(48)     
57,192     
648     
57,840     

57,181
(138)
57,043
845
57,888

In calculating diluted net loss per common share for the year ended April 30, 2020, our diluted weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding excludes the effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock awards as the effect was anti-dilutive. This 
occurs when a U.S. GAAP net loss is reported and the effect of using dilutive shares is antidilutive.   

Since their inclusion in the calculation of diluted (loss) earnings per share would have been anti-dilutive, options to purchase 286,064, 
260,984  and  244,590  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  have  been  excluded  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018, 
respectively.  

There were 519,524, none, and 26,740 restricted shares excluded in the calculation of diluted (loss) earnings per share for the years 
ended April 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. 

Warrants to purchase 523,529 and 242,402 shares of Class A Common Stock have been excluded in the calculation of diluted (loss) 
earnings  per  share  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2020  and  2019  as  their  inclusion  would  have  been  anti-dilutive.  There  were  no 
warrants issued during the year ended April 30, 2018. 

Note 6 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by component, net of tax, for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 
were as follows:  

Balance at April 30, 2017 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance at April 30, 2018 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

Balance at April 30, 2019 

Other comprehensive (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Total other comprehensive loss 

Balance at April 30, 2020  

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation    
$ 

Unamortized 
Retirement 
Costs 
(190,502) $ 
(4,979)  
4,455  
(524)  
(191,026)  $ 
(9,422)    
4,391    
(5,031)    
(196,057)  $ 
(36,965)    
5,102    
(31,863)    
(227,920)  $ 

(319,212)  $ 
67,639   
—   
67,639   
(251,573)  $ 
(60,534)    
—    
(60,534)    
(312,107)  $ 
(28,596)    
—    
(28,596)    
(340,703)  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Interest 

Rate Swaps    Total 

2,427 $  (507,287)
64,399
1,739  
3,308
(1,147)  
67,707
592  
3,019  $  (439,580)
(68,835)
1,121    
(4,714)    
(323)
(69,158)
(3,593)    
(574)  $  (508,738)
(71,549)
(5,988)    
4,790
(312)    
(66,759)
(6,300)    
(6,874)  $  (575,497)

For  the  years  ended  April  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  pre-tax  actuarial  losses  included  in  Unamortized  Retirement  Costs  of 
approximately  $6.4  million,  $5.5  million,  and  $5.9  million  respectively,  were  amortized  from  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive 
Loss and recognized as pension and post-retirement benefit expense primarily in Operating and Administrative Expenses and Interest 
and Other Income on the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. 

Index 

75 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Note 7 – Restructuring and Related Charges 

Business Optimization Program  

Beginning  in  fiscal  year  2020,  we  initiated  a  multi-year  Business  Optimization  Program  (the  “Business  Optimization  Program”)  to 
drive efficiency improvement and operating savings. 

The following tables summarize the pre-tax restructuring charges related to this program: 

Charges by Segment: 

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services 
Corporate Expenses 

Total Restructuring and Related Charges 

Charges by Activity: 

Severance and termination benefits 
Operating lease right-of-use asset impairment 
Facility related charges 
Other activities 

Total Restructuring and Related Charges 

2020 

3,546
10,475
3,774
15,018
32,813

26,864
161
3,986
1,802
32,813

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Other  Activities  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020  primarily  relate  to  reserves  and  costs  associated  with  the  cessation  of  certain 
offerings, and to a lesser extent, a pension settlement, and the impairment of certain software licenses. 

The following table summarizes the activity for the Business Optimization Program liability for the year ended April 30, 2020: 

Foreign 
Translation & 
Other 

Severance and termination benefits 
Other activities 
Total  

$

$

— $
—
— $

26,864 $ 
1,802
28,666 $ 

April 30, 2019 

   Charges 

   Payments 

(9,193) $
—
(9,193) $

Adjustments     April 30, 2020 
17,632
430
18,062

(39)
(1,372)
(1,411)

$

$

Approximately  $16.9  million  of  the  restructuring  liability  for  accrued  severance  and  termination  benefits  is  reflected  in  Accrued 
Employment  Costs  and  approximately  $0.7  million  is  reflected  in  Other  Long-Term  Liabilities  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of 
Financial Position, as of April 30, 2020.  

The amount included in Other Long-Term Liabilities that relates to severance and termination benefits is expected to be paid in the 
year ended April 30, 2022. 

The  restructuring  liability  as  of  April  30,  2020  for  other  activities  is  reflected  in  Other  Accrued  Liabilities  in  the  Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position. 

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program 

Beginning  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2013,  we  initiated  a  global  program  (the  “Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program”)  to 
restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. We are targeting a majority of the expected 
cost  savings  achieved  to  improve  margins  and  earnings,  while  the  remainder  will  be  reinvested  in  high-growth  digital  business 
opportunities. 

Index 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables summarize the pre-tax restructuring (credits) charges related to this program: 

(Credits) Charges by Segment:  

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning  
Education Services  
Corporate Expenses  

Total Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges  

(Credits) Charges by Activity:  

Severance and termination benefits 
Consulting and contract termination costs 
Other activities  

Total Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

2019 (1) 

2018 (1) 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

340    $ 
(5)      
(103)      
(438)      
(206)    $ 

(250)    $ 
(171)      
215      
(206)    $ 

1,131   $ 
1,139  
389  
459  
3,118   $ 

1,456   $ 
526  
1,136  
3,118   $ 

5,257    $ 
8,244   
1,894   
13,171   
28,566    $ 

27,213    $ 
1,815   
(462)   
28,566    $ 

26,884
42,834
3,764
95,940
169,422

116,009
20,984
32,429
169,422

(1)  As previously announced, we have changed our segment reporting structure to align with our strategic focus areas. See Note 20, 

“Segment Information,” for more details. 

Other  activities  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020  include  facility  related  costs.  Other  Activities  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2019 
reflect  lease  impairment  related  costs.  The  credits  in  other  activities  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018  mainly  reflect  changes  in 
estimates for previously accrued restructuring charges related to facility lease reserves.  

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  for  the  Restructuring  and  Reinvestment  Program  liability  for  the  year  ended  April  30, 
2020: 

April 30, 2019   

(Credits) 

   Payments 

Adoption of 
New Lease 
Standard (1) 

Foreign 
Translation & 
Other 
Adjustments 

   April 30, 2020 

Severance and termination 

benefits 

Consulting and contract 

termination costs 

Other activities  
Total  

$

$

4,887 $ 

(250) $

(3,238)

$ 

303
2,544
7,734 $ 

(171)
—
(421) $

(132)
—
(3,370)

$ 

—  $

—  
(2,270)  
(2,270)  $

(39)  $

— 
(44) 
(83)  $

1,360

—
230
1,590

(1)  Refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” 

and Note 12, “Operating Leases” for more information related to the adoption of the new lease standard. 

The restructuring liability as of April 30, 2020 for accrued severance and termination benefits is reflected in Accrued Employment 
Costs in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.   

The  restructuring  liability  as of  April  30, 2020  for other activities  are reflected  in Other  Long-Term  Liabilities  in  the  Consolidated 
Statement of  Financial  Position  and  mainly  relate  to  facility  relocation  and  lease  impairment  related costs. The  amount  included in 
Other Long-Term Liabilities is expected to be paid in the year ended April 30, 2022. 

We currently do not anticipate any further material charges related to the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program. 

Index 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
     
        
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
  
     
  
     
     
        
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8 – Inventories 

Inventories, net consisted of the following at April 30:  

Finished Goods  
Work-in-Process  
Paper and Other Materials  
Total Inventories Before Estimated Sales Returns and LIFO Reserve 
Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns  
LIFO Reserve  
Total Inventories  

2020 

2019 

$ 

$ 

36,014   $ 
1,398     
331     
37,743     
8,686     
(2,815)     
43,614   $ 

33,736
2,094
373
36,203
3,739
(4,360)
35,582

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” under the 
caption “Sales Return Reserves,” for a discussion of the Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns.  

Finished Goods not recorded at LIFO have been recorded at the lower of cost or market, which resulted in a reduction of $16.1 million 
and $15.8 million as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  

Note 9 – Product Development Assets 

Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30:  

Book Composition Costs  
Software Costs 
Content Development Costs  
Total  

2020 

2019 

18,744   $ 
28,995   
5,904     
53,643   $ 

19,197
38,048
5,225
62,470

$ 

$ 

Product  development  assets  include  $4.9  million  and  $4.3  million  of  work-in-process  as  of  April  30,  2020  and  2019,  respectively, 
mainly for book composition costs.  

Product development assets are net of accumulated amortization of $244.1 million and $236.5 million as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively.  

Note 10 – Technology, Property and Equipment 

Technology, property and equipment, net consisted of the following at April 30: 

Capitalized Software  
Computer Hardware  
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements  
Furniture, Fixtures, and Warehouse Equipment  
Land and Land Improvements  
Technology, Property and Equipment, gross 
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization 
Total  

2020 

2019 

471,844   $ 
46,640     
99,230     
44,104     
3,298     
665,116     
(367,111)     
298,005   $ 

440,437
68,718
118,685
57,471
3,390
688,701
(399,680)
289,021

$ 

$ 

The following table details our depreciation and amortization expense for technology, property and equipment, net for the years ended 
April 30: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Capitalized Software Amortization Expense 
Depreciation and Amortization Expense, Excluding Capitalized Software  

$  

55,685   $ 
21,031     

50,095   $ 
19,323     

Total Depreciation and Amortization Expense for Technology, Property and Equipment 

$  

76,716   $ 

69,418   $ 

45,449
18,878

64,327

Technology, property and equipment includes $0.9 million and $2.3 of work-in-process as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, 
mainly for capitalized software. 

The net book value of capitalized software costs was $207.5 million and $200.2 million as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  

Index 

78 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Note 11 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill 

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30:  

2019  

    Acquisitions (1)    

Impairment 

Foreign 
Translation 
Adjustment 

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services 
Total 

$ 

$ 

438,511 $ 
458,145
199,010
1,095,666 $ 

19,356   $ 
45,410    
82,561    
147,327   $ 

—   $ 
—     
(110,000)     
(110,000)   $ 

(9,737)    $ 
(2,464)      
(4,002)      
(16,203)    $ 

2020 

448,130
501,091
167,569
1,116,790

(1)  Refer  to  Note  4,  “Acquisitions,”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  more  information  related  to  the 

acquisitions that occurred in the year ended April 30, 2020. 

Change in Segment Reporting Structure 

As  previously  announced,  we  have  changed  our  segment  reporting  structure  to  align  with  our  strategic  focus  areas.  See  Note  20, 
“Segment  Information,”  for  more  details.  Due  to  this  reorganization,  we  have  reallocated  goodwill  as  of  April  30,  2019  to  our 
reporting  units  using  a  relative  fair  value  approach.  We  tested  goodwill  for  impairment  immediately  before  and  after  the 
reorganization, and we concluded that the fair values of the reporting units were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was 
no indication of impairment. 

Annual Goodwill Impairment Test as of February 1, 2020 

As of February 1, 2020, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair values 
of our Research Publishing & Platforms and Academic & Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values and, 
therefore, there was no indication of impairment. 

During our annual goodwill impairment test initiated on February 1, 2020 we identified indicators that the goodwill of the Education 
Services business was impaired due to underperformance as compared with our acquisition case projections for revenue growth and 
operating  cash  flow.  Subsequently,  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020,  we  determined  that  our  updated  revenue  and 
operating cash flow projections would be further impacted by anticipated near-term headwinds due to COVID-19, including adverse 
impacts on new student starts and student re-enrollment. Therefore, we updated the impairment test as of March 31, 2020 to reflect 
this change in circumstances. As a result, we concluded that the carrying value was above the fair value which resulted in a pre-tax 
non-cash  goodwill  impairment  of  $110.0  million.  This  charge  is  reflected  in  Impairment  of  Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. 

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Education Services, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of 
the  reporting  unit.  When  indicators  of  impairment  are  present,  we  test  definite  lived  and  long-lived  assets  for  recoverability  by 
comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use 
and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower than expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over 
a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for 
their  long-lived  assets.  Based  on  the  results  of  the  recoverability  test,  we  determined  that  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  of  the  asset 
group of the Education Services reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment. 

We estimated the fair value of these reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from an income and a market approach. 
Under the income approach, we determined the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. 
Cash flow projections are based on our best estimates of forecasted  economic and market conditions over the period including growth 
rates, expected changes in operating cash flows and cash expenditures. The discount rate used is based on a weighted average cost of 
capital  adjusted  for  the  relevant  risk  associated  with  the  characteristics  of  the  business  and  the  projected  cash  flows.  The  market 
approach estimates fair value based on market multiples of current and forward 12-month revenue or EBITDA, as applicable, derived 
from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit. 

Index 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  noted  above,  the  fair  value  determined  as  part  of  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  completed  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020 
exceeded  the  carrying  value  for  the  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms  and  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  reporting 
units. Therefore,  there  was  no  impairment  of  goodwill.    However,  if  the  fair  value  of  the  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms  and 
Academic  &  Professional  Learning  reporting  units  decrease  in  future  periods,  we  could  potentially  have  an  impairment.    For  the 
Education Services reporting unit there was an impairment.  If the Education Services reporting unit fair value decreases further in 
future periods, we could potentially have an additional impairment. The future occurrence of a potential indicator of impairment, such 
as a decrease in expected net earnings, changes in assumptions, including the impact of COVID-19, adverse equity market conditions, 
a decline in current market multiples, a decline in our common stock price, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business 
climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic 
or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be 
sold  or  disposed  of,  could  require  an  interim  assessment  for  some  or  all  of  the  reporting  units  before  the  next  required  annual 
assessment.  

Intangible Assets   

Intangible assets, net as of April 30 were as follows: 

2020 

2019  

 Cost 

Accumulated 
Amortization   

Accumulated 
Impairment     Net 

   Cost 

Accumulated 
Amortization   

Accumulated 
Impairment    Net 

Intangible Assets with 
Definite Lives, net 
Content and Publishing 
Rights  
Customer Relationships 
Developed Technology  
Brands and Trademarks 
Covenants not to 

Compete  

Total (1) 
Intangible Assets with 
Indefinite Lives  

$ 806,862  $ 
   377,652    
19,225    
42,877   

(444,756) $
(87,234)
(3,273)
(22,689)

—   $ 362,106   $  806,628 $ 
—      290,418      310,977   
—   
32,802  

13,111     
20,188   

(2,841)     
—   

(417,456)  $ 
(65,147)    
—    
(19,809)  

1,675    
  1,248,291    

(1,429)
(559,381)

—     

1,681   
246     
(2,841)     686,069     1,152,088   

(1,236)    
(503,648)    

— $  389,172
—   245,830
—  
—
—   12,993

445
—  
—   648,440

Brands and Trademarks      130,107    
Publishing Rights  
84,336    
Total 
  214,443   
Total Intangible Assets, 
Net 

$1,462,734  $ 

—
—
—

(93,107)     
—     

37,000      134,509   
86,223   
84,336     
220,732  
(93,107)    121,336   

—    
—    
—  

(3,600)

130,909
—   86,223
  217,132

(3,600)

(559,381) $

(95,948)   $ 807,405   $ 1,372,820 $ 

(503,648)  $ 

(3,600) $  865,572

(1)  Refer  to  Note  4,  “Acquisitions,”  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  more  information  related  to  the 

acquisitions that occurred in 2020 and 2019. 

Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization and assuming current foreign exchange rates, the estimated 
amortization expense for the following years are as follows: 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 
Total 

Index 

Fiscal Year 

80 

Amount 

65,570
59,748
53,796
50,554
46,364
410,037
686,069

$ 

$ 

 
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
    
    
   
    
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 2020 Impairment 

Annual Indefinite Lived Intangibles Impairment Test as of February 1, 2020 

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain 
acquired publishing rights. During the fourth quarter of 2020, we completed our annual impairment test related to the indefinite lived 
intangible assets. We concluded that the fair values of these indefinite-lived intangible assets were above their carrying values and, 
therefore, there was no indication of impairment, except for the Blackwell indefinite-lived trademark.   

For the year ended April 30, 2020, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge of $89.5 million for our Blackwell trademark, 
which  was  acquired  in  2007  and  carried  as  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  primarily  related  to  our  Research  Publishing  & 
Platforms segment. The impairment reflects our decision to simplify Wiley’s brand portfolio and unify our research journal content 
under  one  Wiley  brand,  which  will  sharply  limit  the  use  of  the  Blackwell  trade  name. This  impairment  resulted  in  writing  off 
substantially  all  of  the  carrying  value  of  the  intangible  trademark  asset.  This  charge  is  reflected  in  Impairment  of  Goodwill  and 
Intangible Assets in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. The resulting non-cash impairment charge is entirely unrelated to 
COVID-19 or the expected future financial performance of the Research Publishing & Platforms segment. 

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives 

As a result of our decision to discontinue the use of certain technology offerings within the Research Publishing & Platforms segment, 
we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment charge of $2.8 million related to a certain developed technology intangible. This charge 
was included in Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets on the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.   

Fiscal Year 2018 Impairment 

In conjunction with a business review performed in the Academic & Professional Learning segment associated with the restructuring 
activities in the first quarter of the year ended April 30, 2018 we identified an indefinite-lived brand with forecasted cash flows that 
did not exceed its carrying value. As a result, a pre-tax impairment charge of $3.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of the year 
ended April 30, 2018 to reduce the carrying value of the brand to its fair value of $1.2 million, which will now be amortized over an 
estimated  useful  life  of  5  years.  This  impairment  charge  was  included  in  Impairment  of  Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. 

Note 12 — Operating Leases 

On  May  1,  2019,  we  adopted  a  new  accounting  standard  for  leases.  For  further  information,  see  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards.”  

We  have  contractual  obligations  as  a  lessee  with  respect  to  offices,  warehouses  and  distribution  centers,  automobiles,  and  office 
equipment.  

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract in accordance with guidance detailed in the new standard and 
we perform the lease classification test as of the lease commencement date. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset 
for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU 
assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.  

The present value of the lease payments is calculated using an incremental borrowing rate, which was determined based on the rate of 
interest that we would have to pay to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments on a collateralized basis over a similar term. We 
use an unsecured borrowing rate and risk-adjust that rate to approximate a collateralized rate. 

Under  the  new  leasing  standard,  leases  that  are  more  than  one  year  in  duration  are  capitalized  and  recorded  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Financial  Position.  Some  of  our  leases  offer  an  option  to  extend  the  term  of  such  leases.  We  utilize  the  reasonably 
certain threshold criteria in determining which options we will exercise. Furthermore, some of our lease payments are based on index 
rates  with  minimum  annual  increases.  These  represent  fixed  payments  and  are  captured  in  the  future  minimum  lease  payments 
calculation.  

Index 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For operating leases, the ROU assets and liabilities are presented in our Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as follows: 

Operating lease right-of-use assets 
Short-term portion of operating lease liabilities 
Operating lease liabilities, non-current 

April 30, 2020 

$

$

142,716
21,810
159,782

During the year ended April 30, 2020, we added $22.9 million to the ROU assets and $24.4 million to the operating lease liabilities 
due to new leases as well as modifications and remeasurements to our existing operating leases. 

Our total net lease costs are as follows: 

Operating lease cost (1) 
Variable lease cost 
Short-term lease cost 
Sublease income 
Total net lease cost 

Year Ended 
April 30, 2020 

26,027
3,856
86
(691)
29,278

$

$

(1)  Operating lease cost does not include those costs included in Restructuring and Related Charges on the Consolidated Statements 

of (Loss) Income. See  Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges” for more information on these programs.  

Other supplemental information includes the following: 

Operating leases 

Weighted-average discount rate: 

Operating leases 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Operating cash flows from operating leases 

Weighted-Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Lease Term (Years) 

10     

Year Ended 
April 30, 2020 

5.89%

 $

28,243

The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for the first five years and total of the remaining years to the operating lease 
liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of April 30, 2020: 

Fiscal Year 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 
Total future undiscounted minimum lease payments 

Less: Imputed interest 

Present Value of Minimum Lease Payments 

Less: Current portion 

Noncurrent portion 

Index 

82 

  Operating Lease 

Liabilities 

$ 

$ 

32,303
27,338
24,659
23,215
22,004
113,848
243,367

61,775
181,592
21,810
159,782

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior to the Adoption of ASC Topic 842 

The following schedule shows the composition of net rent expense for operating leases:  

Minimum Rental  
Less: Sublease Rentals  
Total  

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

29,066   $ 
(719)  
28,347   $ 

31,451
(708)
30,743

Rent  expense  associated  with  operating  leases  that  include  scheduled  rent  increases  and  tenant  incentives,  such  as  rent  holidays  or 
leasehold improvement allowances, were recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

Note 13 – Income Taxes 

The provisions for income taxes for the years ended April 30 were as follows:  

Current Provision  
U.S. – Federal  
International  
State and Local  
Total Current Provision  
Deferred (Benefit) Provision 

U.S. – Federal  
International  
State and Local  
Total Deferred (Benefit) Provision 
Total Provision  

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

1,145   $ 
37,494  
172  
38,811   $ 

2,384   $ 
52,518     
2,536     
57,438   $ 

(8,476)   $ 
(15,022)  
(4,118)  
(27,616)   $ 
11,195   $ 

335   $ 
(7,630)     
(5,454)     
(12,749)   $ 
44,689   $ 

(2,216)
46,112
961
44,857

(26,062)
2,420
530
(23,112)
21,745

International and United States pretax (loss) income for the years ended April 30 were as follows:  

International  
United States  
Total  

2020 

2019 

$ 

$ 

104,185   $ 
(167,277)     
(63,092)   $ 

204,326   $ 
8,626     
212,952   $ 

2018 
219,178
(5,247)
213,931

Our effective income tax rate as a percentage of pretax income differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate as shown below: 

U.S. Federal Statutory Rate  
Cost (Benefit) of Higher (Lower) Taxes on Non-U.S. Income  
State Income Taxes, net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit  
Deferred Tax (Benefit) from U.S. Tax Act 
Tax Credits and Related Benefits  
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles 
Other  
Effective Income Tax Rate  

2020 

2019 

2018 

21.0%  
4.8  
3.3  
— 
(1.1)  
(42.3) 
(3.4)  
(17.7)%  

21.0%  
0.9  
(1.3)  
0.1 
(0.8)  
— 
1.1  
21.0%  

30.4%
(8.4)
0.4
(11.7)
(1.7)
—
1.2
10.2%

Our loss for the year ended April 30, 2020, was due to the impairment of goodwill and intangibles for which we received a relatively 
small tax benefit, resulting in an overall negative effective income tax rate of (17.7)%. Excluding the tax cost from such impairment, 
our  effective  income  tax  rate  benefit  was  24.6%.  Our  income  was  earned  outside  the  U.S.  in  jurisdictions  with  different  statutory 
income tax rates than our U.S. statutory rate, at an average effective rate that is less than our combined U.S. Federal and State tax rate.  

The effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2020 was less than the year ended April 30, 2019 due to the impairment charges 
with respect to which we obtained a relatively small tax benefit. Excluding the effect of the impairment charges the tax benefit rate 
was 24.6% for the year ended April 30, 2020, compared to a 21.0% expense for the year ended April 30, 2019, primarily due to lower 
taxes on income outside the U.S. as well as increased tax credits and related benefits.    

Index 

83 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Other: For the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, we recorded a tax benefit of $1.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively related to 
the expiration of the statute of limitations or favorable resolutions of federal, state, and foreign tax matters with tax authorities.   

The CARES Act 

On March 27, 2020, the U.S. government enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). The 
CARES Act includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferral of the employer portion of certain payroll taxes, 
net  operating  loss  carrybacks,  modifications  to  net  interest  deduction  limitations  and  technical  corrections  to  tax  depreciation 
methods for qualified improvement property. The CARES Act did not have a material impact on our income tax expense for the year 
ended April 30, 2020.  

The Tax Act 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation (“Tax Act”). The Tax Act significantly revised 
the U.S. corporate income tax system. We recorded a significant nonrecurring benefit from the Tax Act during the year ended April 
30, 2018. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes: 

As  of  April  30,  2020  and  April  30,  2019,  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  were  $6.2  million  and  $7.7  million, 
respectively, of which $0.6 million and $0.7 million represented accruals for interest and penalties recorded as additional tax expense 
in accordance with our accounting policy. Within the income tax provision for the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019, we recorded 
net  interest  expense  on  reserves  for unrecognized  and  recognized  tax  benefits  of  $0.2 million  and  $0.3  million,  respectively.  As of 
April  30,  2020,  and  April  30,  2019,  the  total  amounts  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  would  reduce  our  income  tax  provision,  if 
recognized,  were  approximately  $6.2  million  and  $7.7  million,  respectively.  We  do  not  expect  any  significant  changes  to  the 
unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months. 

A  reconciliation  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  included  within  the  Other  Long-Term  Liabilities  line  item  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Financial Position follows:  

Balance at May 1  
Additions for Current Year Tax Positions  
Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions  
Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions  
Foreign Translation Adjustment  
Payments and Settlements  
Reductions for Lapse of Statute of Limitations  
Balance at April 30 

Tax Audits: 

2020 

2019 

7,659   $ 
694     
—     
(655)     
(15)     
(56)     
(1,433)     
6,194   $ 

6,833
1,473
414
(578)
(42)
(136)
(305)
7,659

$ 

$ 

We file income tax returns in the U.S. and various states and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions. Our major taxing jurisdictions are the United 
States, United Kingdom and Germany. Except for one immaterial item, we are no longer subject to income tax examinations for years 
prior  to  fiscal  year  2014  in  the  major  jurisdictions  in  which  we  are  subject  to  tax.  We  received  tax  audit  notices  for  our  German 
entities for the audit period fiscal years 2014-2017. The audit process has been delayed due to COVID-19. Our last completed U.S. 
federal tax audit of our fiscal years 2011 through 2013 resulted in minimal adjustments related to temporary differences. 

Index 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Deferred Taxes: 

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial reporting purposes. 

We believe that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the net 
deferred tax assets. The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at April 30 were as follows:  

Net Operating Losses  
Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts  
Accrued Employee Compensation  
Foreign and Federal Credits  
Other Accrued Expenses  
Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits  

Total Gross Deferred Tax Assets  
Less Valuation Allowance  
Total Deferred Tax Assets  

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets  
Unremitted Foreign Earnings 
Intangible and Fixed Assets  
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities  
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities  

Reported As  
Deferred Tax Assets  
Deferred Tax Liabilities  
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities  

2020 

2019 

17,966   $ 
2,638     
20,114     
31,487     
11,827     
37,927     
121,959   $ 
(23,287)     
98,672   $ 

14,491
2,923
17,528
34,401
6,262
40,653
116,258
(21,179)
95,079

(1,142)   $ 
(1,985) 
(205,882)     
(209,009)   $ 
(110,337)   $ 

(744)
(1,985)
(226,898)
(229,627)
(134,548)

8,790   $ 
(119,127)     
(110,337)   $ 

9,227
(143,775)
(134,548)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

The decrease in net deferred tax liabilities is due to the non-cash impairment charge of our Blackwell trademark. This was partially 
offset by deferred tax liabilities relating to non-goodwill intangibles acquired in our various acquisitions as well as the amortization of 
our deferred tax liabilities related to non-goodwill intangibles, primarily from prior acquisitions. Our increase in deferred tax assets is 
primarily attributable to an increase in our accrued expenses and net operating losses, partially offset by a decrease in our foreign and 
federal credits. We have concluded that after valuation allowances, it is more likely than not that we will realize substantially all of the 
net deferred tax assets at April 30, 2020. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we take into account related deferred tax 
liabilities  and  estimated  future  reversals  of  existing  temporary  differences,  future  taxable  earnings  and  tax  planning  strategies  to 
determine which deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future. Changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates and 
future taxable earnings can have an impact on our valuation allowances. 

A $23.3 million valuation allowance has been provided based primarily on the uncertainty of utilizing the tax benefits related to our 
deferred  tax  assets  for  foreign  tax  credits  and  state  credits  and  net  operating  loss  carry  losses.  As  of  April  30,  2020,  we  have 
apportioned  state  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  totaling  $102.0  million,  with  a  tax  effected  value  of  $6.0  million  net  of  federal 
benefits, expiring in various amounts over 1 to 20 years. Our tax credits expire in various amounts over 6-20 years.  

Since April 30, 2018, we no longer intend to permanently reinvest earnings outside the U.S. We have a $2.0 million liability related to 
the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating certain non-U.S. earnings. 

Note 14 – Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

Amended and Restated RCA 

On May 30, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement that amended and restated our existing revolving credit agreement (“Amended 
and  Restated  RCA”).  The  Amended  and  Restated  RCA  provides  for  senior  unsecured  credit  facilities  comprised  of  a  (i)  five  year 
revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up to $1.25 billion, and (ii) a five year term loan A facility consisting of 
$250 million.  

Index 

85 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated RCA, which can be drawn in multiple currencies, we have the option of borrowing at 
the following floating interest rates: (i) at a rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin 
ranging from 0.98% to 1.50%, depending on our consolidated net leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) at the lender’s base rate plus an 
applicable margin ranging from zero to 0.50%, depending on our consolidated net leverage ratio. The lender’s base rate is defined as 
the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a 0.50% margin, (ii) the Eurocurrency rate, as defined, plus a 1.00% margin, 
or (iii) the Bank of America prime lending rate. In addition, we pay a facility fee for the revolving credit facility ranging from 0.15% 
to  0.25%  depending  on  our  consolidated  net  leverage  ratio. We  also  have  the  option  to  request  an  increase  in  the  revolving  credit 
facility by an amount not to exceed $500 million, in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. 

The Amended and Restated RCA contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including a financial covenant in the 
form of a consolidated net leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 
2020. 

In the three months ended July 31, 2019, we incurred an immaterial loss on the write-off of unamortized deferred costs in connection 
with the refinancing of our RCA (as defined below) which is reflected in Interest and Other Income on the Consolidated Statements of 
(Loss) Income for the year ended April 30, 2020.   

In the three months ended July 31, 2019, we incurred $4.0 million of costs related to the Amended and Restated RCA which resulted 
in total costs capitalized of $5.2 million. The amount related to the term loan A facility was $0.9 million, consisting of $0.8 million of 
lender fees and recorded as a reduction to Long-Term Debt and $0.1 million of non-lender fees included in Other Non-Current Assets. 
The amount related to the five-year revolving credit facility was $4.3 million, all of which is included in Other Non-Current Assets.   

The amortization expense of the lender and non-lender fees is recognized over the five-year term of the Amended and Restated RCA. 
Total  amortization  expense  for  the  year  ended  April  20,  2020  was  $1.0  million  and  is  included  in  Interest  Expense  on  our 
Consolidated Statement of (Loss) Income. 

Our total debt outstanding as of April 30, 2020 was $775.1 million, which included $9.4 million of current portion of long-term debt 
related to our term loan A under the Amended and Restated RCA and long-term debt of $765.7 million. The long-term debt consisted 
of $235.3 million related to our term loan A under the Amended and Restated RCA (amount is net of unamortized issuance costs of 
$0.7 million) and $530.4 million related to the revolving credit facility under the Amended and Restated RCA.  

RCA 

As of April 30, 2019, total debt outstanding was $478.8 million, which consisted of amounts due under our RCA. 

We had a revolving credit agreement (“RCA”) with a syndicated bank group led by Bank of America. The RCA consisted of a $1.1 
billion five-year senior revolving credit facility payable March 1, 2021. Since there were no principal payments due until the end of 
the agreement in the year ended April 30, 2021, we had classified our entire debt obligation as long-term as of April 30, 2019. 

Lines of Credit 

We  have other  lines  of  credit  aggregating $2.7  million  at various  interest  rates.  There were no outstanding borrowings under  these 
credit lines at April 30, 2020 and 2019. 

Our  total  available  lines  of  credit  as  of  April  30,  2020,  were  approximately  $1.5  billion,  of  which  approximately  $0.7  billion  was 
unused. The weighted average interest rates on total debt outstanding during the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019 were 3.12% and 
2.69%,  respectively.  As  of  April  30,  2020  and  2019,  the  weighted  average  interest  rates  for  total  debt  were  2.26%  and  2.88%, 
respectively. Based on estimates of interest rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair value of 
our debt approximates its carrying value. 

Note 15 – Derivative Instruments and Activities 

From  time-to-time,  we  enter  into  forward  exchange  and  interest  rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge  against  foreign  currency  asset  and 
liability  commitments,  changes  in  interest  rates,  and  anticipated  transaction  exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All 
derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges 
are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to earnings. We do not use financial instruments for trading or speculative 
purposes. 

Index 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Contracts 

As of April 30,  2020,  we  had  total debt outstanding of  $775.1  million, net  of unamortized  issuance costs of $0.7 million  of which 
$775.8 million are variable rate loans outstanding under the Amended and Restated RCA, which approximated fair value. 

As of April 30, 2020 and 2019, the interest rate swap agreements we maintained were designated as fully effective cash flow hedges 
as defined under Accounting Standards Codification 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” ("ASC 815"). As a result, there was no impact on 
our Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income from changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps, as they were fully offset by 
changes  in  the  interest  expense  on  the  underlying  variable  rate  debt  instruments.  Under  ASC  815,  derivative  instruments  that  are 
designated as cash flow hedges have changes in their fair value recorded initially within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss on 
the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. As interest expense is recognized based on the variable rate loan agreements, the 
corresponding deferred gain or loss on the interest rate swaps is reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest 
Expense  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  (Loss)  Income.  It  is  management’s  intention  that  the  notional  amount  of  interest  rate 
swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives. 

On  February  26,  2020  we  entered  into  two  forward  starting  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  which  fixed  a  portion  of  the  variable 
interest  due  on  our  Amended  and  Restated  RCA.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  we  pay  a  fixed  rate  of  1.150%  and  receive  a 
variable  rate  of  interest  based  on  one-month  LIBOR  from  the  counterparty  which  is  reset  every  month  for  a  3-year  period  ending 
March 15, 2023. As of April 30, 2020, the notional amount of the interest rate swaps was $100.0 million.  

On August 7, 2019 we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement, which fixed a portion of the variable interest due 
on our Amended and Restated RCA. Under the terms of the agreement, we pay a fixed rate of 1.400% and receive a variable rate of 
interest based on one-month LIBOR from the counterparty which is reset every month for a 3-year period ending August 15, 2022. As 
of April 30, 2020, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $100.0 million.  

On June 24, 2019 we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement, which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on 
our  Amended  and  Restated  RCA.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  we  pay  a  fixed  rate  of  1.650%  and  receive  a  variable  rate  of 
interest based on one-month LIBOR from the counterparty which is reset every month for a 3-year period ending July 15, 2022. As of 
April 30, 2020, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $100.0 million.  

On April 4, 2016, we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on 
a variable rate debt renewal on May 16, 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, which expired on May 15, 2019, we paid a fixed rate 
of 0.920% and receive a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR from the counterparty which was reset every month for a 
three-year period ending May 15, 2019.  Prior to expiration, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 million. 

We  record  the  fair  value  of  our  interest  rate  swaps  on  a  recurring  basis  using  Level  2  inputs  of  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities in active markets. The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, was a deferred loss of $8.3 million 
and a deferred gain of $0.5 million, respectively. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, the entire deferred loss as of April 30, 
2020 was recorded within Other Long-Term Liabilities and the entire deferred gain as of April 30, 2019 was recorded within Prepaid 
Expenses and Other Current Assets.  

The pre-tax gains that were reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest Expense for the years ended April 
30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 were $0.4 million, $4.7 million, and $1.5 million, respectively. Based on the amount in Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive  Loss  at  April  30,  2020,  approximately  $2.7  million,  net  of  tax,  would  be  reclassified  into  net  income  in  the  next 
twelve months. 

Foreign Currency Contracts 

We may enter into forward exchange contracts to manage our exposure on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. 
The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market  through  Foreign  Exchange  Transaction  Gains  (Losses)  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements of (Loss)  Income  and  carried  at  their  fair  value  on  the  Consolidated  Statements of  Financial  Position.  Foreign  currency 
denominated assets and liabilities are remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the effects of changes in spot 
rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses) on the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. 

As of April 30, 2020 and 2019, we did not maintain any open forward contracts. In addition, we did not maintain any open forward 
contracts during the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.  

Index 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16 – Commitment and Contingencies 

We  are  involved  in  routine  litigation  in  the  ordinary  course  of our business. A  provision  for  litigation  is  accrued  when  information 
available to us indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant 
judgment may be required to determine both the probability and estimates of loss. When the amount of the loss can only be estimated 
within a range, the most likely outcome within that range is accrued. If no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other 
amount,  the  minimum  amount  within  the  range  is  accrued.  When  uncertainties  exist  related  to  the  probable  outcome  of  litigation 
and/or the amount or range of loss, we do not record a liability, but disclose facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible 
losses if management considers the information to be material. Reserves for legal defense costs are recognized when incurred. The 
accruals for loss contingencies and legal costs are reviewed regularly and may be adjusted to reflect updated information on the status 
of litigation and advice of legal counsel. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation as of April 30, 
2020, will not have a material effect upon our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. 

Note 17 – Retirement Plans 

We  have  retirement  plans  that  cover  substantially  all  employees.  The  plans  generally  provide  for  employee  retirement  between  the 
ages 60 and 65, and benefits based on length of service and compensation, as defined. 

Our Board of Directors approved plan amendments that froze the following retirement plans:  

  Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Canada was frozen effective December 31, 2015; 
  Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., a U.K. plan was frozen effective April 30, 2015 and;  
  U.S.  Employees’  Retirement  Plan,  Supplemental  Benefit  Plan,  and  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  were  frozen 

effective June 30, 2013. 

We maintain the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain officers and senior management which provides for the payment 
of  supplemental  retirement  benefits  after  the  termination  of  employment  for  10  years  or  in  a  lifetime  annuity.  Under  certain 
circumstances, including a change of control as defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis. 
Future accrued benefits to this plan have been discontinued as noted above.  

The components of net pension (income) expense for the defined benefit plans and the weighted average assumptions were as follows:  

2020 

2019 

2018 

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Service Cost  
Interest Cost  
Expected Return on Plan Assets  
Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost  
Recognized Net Actuarial Loss  
Curtailment/Settlement Loss   
Net Pension (Income) Expense  

$ 

$ 

—   $ 
11,247     
(14,038)     
(154)     
2,403     
—     
(542)   $ 

1,851   $ 
12,652     
(26,116)     
73     
3,993     
291     
(7,256)   $ 

912   $ 

—   $ 
11,704     

12,943  
(13,472)      (25,551)  
57  
3,746  
—  
(7,893)   $ 

(154)     
2,035     
—     
113   $ 

—   $ 
11,666     
(13,154)     
(154)     
2,289     
—     
647   $ 

   Non-U.S. 
960
13,876
(26,385)
57
3,832
19
(7,641)

Discount Rate  
Rate of Compensation Increase  
Expected Return on Plan Assets  

4.1%     
N/A      
6.8%     

2.4%     
3.0%     
6.5%     

4.3%     
N/A 
6.8%     

2.6%  
3.0%  
6.5%  

4.1%     
N/A 
6.8%     

2.6%
3.0%
6.5%

In the year ended April 30, 2020, there was a settlement charge of $0.3 million related to the Retirement Plan for the Employees of 
John Wiley & Sons, Canada which is reflected in Restructuring and Related Charges in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. 

The  service  cost  component  of  net  pension  (income)  expense  is  reflected  in  Operating  and  Administrative  Expenses  on  our 
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. The other components of net benefit costs are reported separately from the service cost 
component  and  below  Operating  (Loss)  Income.  Such  amounts  are  reflected  in  Interest  and  Other  Income  on  our  Consolidated 
Statements of (Loss) Income.  

The  projected  benefit  obligation,  accumulated  benefit  obligation,  and  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  the  retirement  plans  with 
accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $853.3 million, $816.5 million and $659.4 million, respectively, as of 
April 30, 2020, and $794.2 million, $762.8 million, and $621.9 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2019. 

Index 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Recognized Net Actuarial Loss for each fiscal year is calculated using the “corridor method,” which reflects the amortization of 
the net loss at the beginning of the fiscal year in excess of 10% of the greater of the market value of plan assets or the projected benefit 
obligation. The amortization period is based on the average expected life of plan participants for plans with all or almost all inactive 
participants and frozen plans, and on the average remaining working lifetime of active plan participants for all other plans.   

We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the 
fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The change in the 
funded  status  of  the  plan  is  recognized  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 
Position. Plan assets and obligations are measured at fair value as of our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position date. 

The  amounts  in Accumulated Other  Comprehensive  Loss  that  are  expected  to be recognized  as  components  of net  periodic benefit 
cost during the next fiscal year are as follows: 

Actuarial Loss  
Prior Service Cost  
Total  

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

Total 

$ 

$ 

3,666   $ 
(154)  
3,512   $ 

4,323   $ 
55     
4,378   $ 

7,989
(99)
7,890

The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of our defined benefit plans’ assets and benefit obligations: 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 
Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year  
Actual Return on Plan Assets  
Employer Contributions  
Employee Contributions  
Settlements  
Benefits Paid  
Foreign Currency Rate Changes  
Fair Value, End of Year  
CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION  
Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year  
Service Cost  
Interest Cost  
Actuarial Gains (Losses)  
Benefits Paid  
Foreign Currency Rate Changes  
Settlements and Other  
Benefit Obligation, End of Year  
Underfunded Status, End of Year 
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED ON THE STATEMENT OF 

FINANCIAL POSITION 

Current Pension Liability  
Noncurrent Pension Liability  
Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position  
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (BEFORE TAX) CONSIST OF 

Net Actuarial (Losses)  
Prior Service Cost Gains (Losses)  
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN 

DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

Discount Rate  
Rate of Compensation Increase  
Accumulated Benefit Obligations  

Index 

89 

2020 

2019 

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

   Non-U.S. 

213,628 $ 
11,645   
3,700   
—   
—   
(15,027)   
—   
213,946 $ 

(285,197) $ 
—   
(11,247)   
(37,550)   
15,027   
—   
—   
(318,967) $ 
(105,021) $ 

408,249  $ 
48,602    
11,686    
—    
(1,459)    
(9,162)    
(12,436)    
445,480  $ 

9,705   
14,753   
—   
—   
(15,813)   
—   

204,983 $  419,448
24,891
11,872
—
—
(16,282)
(31,680)
213,628 $  408,249

(509,015)  $ 
(1,851)    
(12,652)    
(36,287)    
9,162    
15,176    
1,164    
(534,303)  $ 
(88,823)  $ 

—   
(11,704)   
(9,662)   
15,813   
—   
—   

(279,644) $  (540,686)
(912)
(12,943)
(11,013)
16,282
41,143
(886)
(285,197) $  (509,015)
(71,569) $  (100,766)

(4,990)   
(100,031)   
(105,021) $ 

(885)    
(87,938)    
(88,823)  $ 

(816)
(5,188)   
(66,381)   
(99,950)
(71,569) $  (100,766)

(131,569) $ 
2,254   
(129,315) $ 
(37,695) $ 

(181,403)  $ 
(1,051)    
(182,454)  $ 
(4,143)  $ 

2,408   

(94,028) $  (177,157)
(1,154)
(91,620) $  (178,311)
5,446
(11,546) $ 

3.1%   
N/A   
(318,967) $ 

1.6%    
3.0%    
(497,489)  $ 

4.1%   
N/A   

2.4%
3.0%
(285,197) $  (477,561)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
      
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Pension plan assets/investments: 

The investment guidelines for the defined benefit pension plans are established based upon an evaluation of market conditions, plan 
liabilities,  cash  requirements  for  benefit  payments,  and  tolerance  for  risk. Investment  guidelines  include  the  use  of  actively  and 
passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure that funds are available to meet the plans benefit obligations when 
they are due. The investment strategy is to invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term 
expectation.  The  plans’  risk  management  practices  provide  guidance  to  the  investment  managers,  including  guidelines  for  asset 
concentration,  credit  rating  and  liquidity. Asset  allocation  favors  a  balanced  portfolio,  with  a  global  aggregated  target  allocation  of 
approximately 45% equity securities and 55% fixed income securities and cash.  Due to volatility in the market, the target allocation is 
not  always  desirable  and  asset  allocations  will  fluctuate  between  acceptable  ranges  of  plus  or  minus  5%.  We  regularly  review  the 
investment  allocations  and  periodically  rebalance  investments  to  the  target  allocations.  We  categorize  our  pension  assets  into  three 
levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas 
Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows: 

●  Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. 
●  Level  2:  Observable  inputs  other  than  those  included  in  Level  1. For  example,  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  in  active 

markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets. 

●  Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset. 

We did not maintain any level 3 assets during the years ended April 30, 2020 and 2019. In accordance with ASU 2015-07, “Fair Value 
Measurement (“Topic 820”), certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value (“NAV”) per share (or its 
equivalent) practical expedient do not have to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. We adopted ASU 2015-07 in the year ended 
April 30, 2018 and it was applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The fair value amounts presented in the following tables are 
intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented for the total pension benefit plan assets. 

The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30:  

Level 1 

2020 
   Level 2 

   Total 

  Level 1 

2019 
   Level 2 

Total 

U.S. Plan Assets  
Investments measured at NAV: 
Global Equity Securities: Limited Partnership 
Fixed Income Securities: Commingled Trust Funds   
Other: Real Estate Commingled Trust Fund 
Total Assets at NAV 
Non-U.S. Plan Assets  
Equity Securities:  
U.S. Equities 
Non-U.S. Equities 

$ 

Balanced Managed Funds  
Fixed Income Securities: Commingled Funds 
Other: 

Real Estate/Other  
Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Total Non-U.S. Plan Assets  
Total Plan Assets  

$ 
$ 

$

 $

110,965
102,981  
—  
213,946  

$ 

  $ 

109,490
104,138
—
213,628

—  $ 
—    
—    
3,431    

—    
2,134    
5,565  $ 
5,565  $ 

36,842  $
103,460    
44,989    
254,134    

490    
—    
439,915  $
439,915  $

36,842 $ 
103,460   
44,989   
257,565   

490   
2,134   
445,480 $ 
659,426 $ 

—  $ 
—    
—    
855    

—    
1,396    
2,251  $ 
2,251  $ 

39,652  $ 
117,575    
48,550    
199,720    

501    
—    
405,998  $ 
405,998  $ 

39,652
117,575
48,550
200,575

501
1,396
408,249
621,877

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in the year ended April 30, 2021 will be approximately $16.9 
million,  including  $11.8  million  of  minimum  amounts  required  for  our  non-U.S.  plans.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  elect  to  make 
voluntary  contributions  to  our  defined  benefit  plans  to  improve  their  funded  status.  Included  in  our  defined  benefit  pension 
contributions for the year ended April 30, 2019 was a discretionary contribution of $10.0 million to the U.S. Employees' Retirement 
Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 

Index 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
   
    
    
   
  
   
   
 
   
  
   
   
 
   
   
  
    
    
   
    
    
  
    
    
   
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
   
    
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
Benefit payments to retirees from all defined benefit plans are expected to be the following in the fiscal year indicated: 

Fiscal Year 

U.S. 

Non-U.S. 

Total 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 – 2030 
Total  

Retiree Health Benefits 

  $ 

  $ 

16,581 $ 
15,205  
15,533  
15,713  
15,363  
77,026  
155,421 $ 

9,733 $ 
10,743  
11,065  
11,691  
13,439  
71,836  
$128,507 $ 

26,314
25,948
26,598
27,404
28,802
148,862
$283,928

We provide contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations, for substantially all of our eligible 
retired U.S. employees. The retiree health benefit is no longer available for any employee who retires after December 31, 2017. The 
cost of such benefits is expensed over the years the employee renders service and is not funded in advance. The accumulated post-
retirement benefit obligation recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 2020 and 2019, was $1.4 
and $1.6 million, respectively. Annual (credits) for these plans for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 were $(0.1) million, 
$(0.1) million and $(0.1) million, respectively. 

Defined Contribution Savings Plans 

We have defined contribution savings plans. Our contribution is based on employee contributions and the level of our match. We may 
make discretionary contributions to all employees as a group. The expense recorded for these plans was approximately $19.0 million, 
$13.1 million, and $14.4 million in the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively. 

Note 18 – Stock-Based Compensation 

All equity compensation plans have been approved by shareholders. Under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan, (“the Plan”), qualified 
employees are eligible to receive awards that may include stock options, performance-based stock awards, and other restricted stock 
awards. Under the Plan, a maximum number of 6.5 million shares of our Class A stock may be issued. As of April 30, 2020, there 
were  approximately  3,501,116  securities  remaining  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  Plan.  We  issue  treasury  shares  to  fund 
awards issued under the Plan. 

Stock Option Activity 

Under the terms of our stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less than 100% of the fair market 
value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum period of 10 years from the date of grant. For the years 
ended April 30, 2015 and prior, options generally vest 50% on the fourth and fifth anniversary date after the award is granted. For the 
year ended April 30, 2016, options vest 25% per year on April 30.  

We did not grant any stock option awards since the year ended April 30, 2016. As of April 30, 2019, all outstanding options vested 
allowing the participant the right to exercise their awards. 

The  fair value of the options granted in the year ended April 30, 2016 was $14.77 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The 
significant weighted average assumptions used in the fair value determination was the expected life which represented an estimate of 
the  period  of  time  stock  options  will  be  outstanding  based  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  of  option  recipients.  The  risk-free 
interest rate was based on the corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility was 
based on the historical volatility of our Common Stock price over the estimated life of the option, while the dividend yield was based 
on the expected dividend payments to be made by us. 

Index 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the activity and status of our stock option plans follows: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term 
(in years)    

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in 
millions)    

Outstanding at Beginning of Year  
Granted  
Exercised  
Expired or Forfeited  
Outstanding at End of Year  
Exercisable at End of Year  
Vested and Expected to Vest in the 

372   $ 
—   $ 
(34)   $ 
(52)   $ 
286   $ 
286   $ 

49.70  
—  
38.32  
54.57  
50.14  
50.14  

Future at April 30  

286   $ 

50.14  

2.0  $ 
2.0  $ 

2.0  $ 

—   
—   

—   

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

611  $ 
—  $ 
(229)  $ 
(10)  $ 
372  $ 
372  $ 

48.88  
—  
47.21  
56.97  
49.70  
49.70  

1,429  $ 
—  $ 
(788)  $ 
(30)  $ 
611  $ 
530  $ 

47.39
—
45.97
54.24
48.88
47.43

372  $ 

49.70  

599  $ 

48.90

The intrinsic value is the difference between our common stock price and the option grant price. The total intrinsic value of options 
exercised during the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $0.3 million, $4.4 million, and $10.4 million, respectively. The 
total grant date fair value of stock options vested during the year ended April 30, 2019 was $4.8 million. 

As of April 30, 2020, there was no unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to stock options. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2020: 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$39.53 to $40.02 
$48.06 to $49.55 
$55.99 to $59.70 
Total/Average 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term 
(in years) 

Weighted 
Average  
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
of Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

1.5  $ 
1.2  $ 
2.9  $ 
2.0  $ 

39.69 
48.75 
57.89 
50.14 

78  $ 
88  $ 
120  $ 
286  $ 

39.69
48.75
57.89
50.14

Number 
of Options 
(in 000’s)    
78  
88  
120  
286  

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity 

Under  the  terms  of  our  long-term  incentive  plans,  performance-based  restricted  unit  awards  are  payable  in  restricted  shares  of  our 
Class  A  Common  Stock  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  three-year  financial  performance-based  targets.  During  each  three-year 
period, we adjust compensation expense based upon our best estimate of expected performance. For the years ended April 30, 2015 
and  prior,  restricted  performance  shares  vest  50%  on  the  first  and  second  anniversary  date  after  the  award  is  earned.  For  the  years 
ended April 30, 2016 and 2017, restricted performance shares vest 50% on June 30 following the end of the three-year performance 
cycle and 50% on April 30 of the following year. Beginning in the year ended April 30, 2018, restricted performance share units vest 
100% on June 30 following the end of the three-year performance cycle. 

We may also grant individual restricted unit awards payable in restricted shares of our Class A Common Stock to key employees in 
connection with their employment. For the years ended April 30, 2015 and prior, the restricted shares generally vest 50% at the end of 
the fourth and fifth years following the date of the grant. Starting with the year ended April 30, 2016 grants, restricted shares generally 
vest ratably 25% per year. 

Under certain circumstances relating to a change of control or termination, as defined, the restrictions would lapse, and shares would 
vest earlier. 

Index 

92 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Activity  for  performance-based  and  other  restricted  stock  awards  during  the  years  ended  April  30,  2020,  2019,  and  2018  was  as 
follows (shares in thousands): 

Nonvested Shares at Beginning of Year 
Granted  
Change in Shares Due to Performance  
Vested and Issued  
Forfeited  
Nonvested Shares at End of Year  

2020 

2019 

2018 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Value 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

756   $ 
759   $ 
(70)   $ 
(329)   $ 
(173)   $ 
943   $ 

57.38   
44.46   
50.17   
53.14   
53.35   
49.74   

861  
415  
(19)  
(357)  
(144)  
756  

913
525
(107)
(318)
(152)
861

For  the  years  ended  April  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  we  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense,  on  a  pre-tax  basis,  of 
$20.0 million, $18.3 million and $11.2 million, respectively. 

As of April 30, 2020, there was $27.6 million of unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to performance-based and other 
restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 4 years, or 2.4 years on a weighted average basis.  

Compensation expense for restricted stock awards is measured using the closing market price of our Class A Common Stock at the 
date of grant. The total grant date value of shares vested during the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $17.5 million, 
$19.6 million, and $15.7 million, respectively. 

President and CEO New Hire Equity Awards 

On October 17, 2017, we announced Brian A. Napack as the new President and Chief Executive Officer of Wiley effective December 
4, 2017 (the "Commencement Date").  Upon the Commencement Date, Mr. Napack also became a member of our Board of Directors 
(the "Board").  In connection with his appointment, Wiley and Mr. Napack entered into an employment offer letter (the "Employment 
Agreement").  

The  Employment  Agreement  provides  that  beginning  with  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018–2020  performance  cycle,  eligibility  to 
participate in annual grants under our Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (ELTIP). Targeted long-term incentive for this cycle is 
equal to 300% of base salary, or $2.7 million. Sixty percent of the ELTIP value will be delivered in the form of target performance 
share  units  and  forty  percent  in  restricted  share  units.  The  grant  date  fair  value  for  restricted  share  units  was  $59.15  per  share  and 
included 20,611 restricted share units, which vest 25% each year starting on April 30, 2018 to April 30, 2021. In addition, there was a 
performance share unit award with a target of 30,916 units and a grant date fair value of $59.15. The performance metrics are based on 
cumulative EBITDA for the year ended April 30, 2018-2020 and cumulative normalized free cash flow for the year ended April 30, 
2018–2020. 

The awards are described in further detail in Mr. Napack’s Employment Agreement filed with the SEC as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2017. 

In  addition,  the  Employment  Agreement  provides  for  a  sign-on  grant  of  restricted  share  units,  with  a  grant  value  of  $4.0  million, 
converted to shares using our Class A closing stock price as of the Commencement Date, and vesting in two equal installments on the 
first  and  second  anniversaries  of  the  employment  date.  The  grant date  fair  value  for  this  award  was  $59.15  per  share  and  included 
67,625 units at the date of grant. Grants are subject to forfeiture in the case of voluntary termination prior to vesting and accelerated 
vesting in the case of earlier termination of employment without Cause, due to death or Disability or Constructive Discharge, or upon 
a Change in Control (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement). 

The awards are described in further detail in Mr. Napack’s Employment Agreement filed with the SEC as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2017. 

Index 

93 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director Stock Awards 

Under the terms of our 2018 Director Stock Plan (the “Director Plan”), each non-employee director, other than the Chairman of the 
Board,  receives  an  annual  award  of  restricted  shares  of  our  Class  A  Common  Stock  equal  in  value  to  100%  of  the  annual  director 
stock retainer fee, based on the stock price at the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant. Such restricted shares 
will vest on the earliest of (i) the day before the next Annual Meeting following the grant, (ii) the non-employee director’s death or 
disability  (as  determined  by  the  Governance  Committee),  or  (iii)  a  change  in  control  (as  defined  in  the  2014  Key  Employee  Stock 
Plan). The granted  shares  may not be  sold  or  transferred  during  the  time  the non-employee  director  remains  a director.  There were 
20,048,  18,991,  and  19,900  restricted  shares  awarded  under  the  Director  Plan  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2020,  2019,  and  2018, 
respectively. 

Note 19 – Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Each share of our Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. The holders of Class A stock are 
entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B stock are entitled to elect the remainder. On all other 
matters, each share of Class A stock is entitled to one tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote. 

Share Repurchases 

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million of 
Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2020, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to $200 million 
that was remaining under this program.  No share repurchases were made under this program during the year ended April 30, 2020. 

The  share  repurchase  program  described  above  is  in  addition  to  the  share  repurchase  program  approved  by  our  Board  of  Directors 
during  the  year  ended  April  30,  2017  of  four  million  shares  of  Class  A  or  B  Common  Stock.  As  of  April  30,  2020,  we  had 
authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to 806,758 additional shares that were remaining under this program. 

The following table summarizes the shares repurchased of Class A and B Common Stock: 

Shares repurchased – Class A 
Shares repurchased – Class B 
Average Price – Class A and Class B 

2020 
1,079,936    
2,281   
43.05   $ 

2019 
1,191,496    
—   
50.35  $ 

2018 

713,177
—
55.65

$

Index 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Changes in Common Stock 

The following is a summary of changes during the years ended April 30, in shares of our common stock and common stock in treasury 
(shares in thousands). 

Changes in Common Stock A: 
Number of shares, beginning of year 
Common stock class conversions and other 
Number of shares issued, end of year 

Changes in Common Stock A in treasury: 
Number of shares held, beginning of year 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Restricted shares issued under stock-based compensation plans - non-PSU Awards 
Restricted shares issued under stock-based compensation plans - PSU Awards 
Shares issued under the Director Plan to Directors 
Stock grants of fully vested Class A shares - common stock 
Restricted shares, forfeited 
Restricted shares issued from exercise of stock options 
Shares withheld for taxes 
Other 
Number of shares held, end of year 
Number of Common Stock A outstanding, end of year 

Changes in Common Stock B: 
Number of shares, beginning of year 
Common stock class conversions and other 
Number of shares issued, end of year 

Changes in Common Stock B in treasury: 
Number of shares held, beginning of year 
Shares repurchased 
Number of shares held, end of year 
Number of Common Stock B outstanding, end of year 

Dividends 

2020 

2019 

2018 

70,127    
39    
70,166    

70,111    
16    
70,127    

22,634    
1,080    
(232)    
(68)    
(97)   
—   
1    
(34)    
122    
(1)   
23,405    
46,761    

21,853    
1,192    
(205)    
(110)    
(5)   
—   
9    
(229)    
130    
(1)   
22,634    
47,493    

70,086
25
70,111

22,097
713
(133)
(126)
(20)
(20)
15
(788)
116
(1)
21,853
48,258

2020 

2019 

2018 

13,055    
(39)    
13,016    

13,071     
(16)     
13,055     

13,096
(25)
13,071

3,918    
2   
3,920    
9,096    

3,918     
— 
3,918     
9,137     

3,918
—
3,918
9,153

The following table summarizes the cash dividends paid during the year ended April 30, 2020: 

Date of Declaration by 
Board of Directors 

Quarterly Cash 
Dividend 

Total 
Dividend 

June 27, 2019 

$0.34 per common share $19.2 million 

September 26, 2019 

$0.34 per common share $19.1 million 

December 18, 2019 

$0.34 per common share $19.0 million 

March 18, 2020 

$0.34 per common share $19.0 million 

Class of Common 
Stock 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 

Dividend Paid Date 

Shareholders of 
Record as of Date 

July 24, 2019 

July 10, 2019 

October 23, 2019 

October 8, 2019 

January 16, 2020 

January 2, 2020 

April 15, 2020 

March 31, 2020 

Index 

95 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 20 – Segment Information 

As  previously  announced,  we  have  changed  our  segment  reporting  structure  to  align  with  our  strategic  focus  areas:  (1)  Research 
Publishing  &  Platforms,  which  continues  to  include  the  Research  publishing  and  Atypon  businesses,  (2)  Academic  &  Professional 
Learning,  which  is  the  former  “Publishing”  segment  combined  with  our  corporate  training  businesses  –  previously  noted  as 
Professional Assessment and Corporate Learning; and (3) Education Services, which includes our Online Program Management and 
mthree  training,  upskilling  and  talent  placement  services  for  professionals  and  businesses.  Prior  period  segment  results  have  been 
revised to the new segment presentation. There were no changes to our consolidated financial results. 

We report our segment information in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 280. These segments reflect the way our 
chief operating decision maker evaluates our business performance and manages the operations. 

Segment information is as follows:  

Revenue: 

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services 

Total Revenue 

Contribution to (Loss) Profit: 

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services 

Total Contribution to Profit 
Corporate Expenses 
Operating (Loss) Income 

Adjusted Contribution to Profit: (1) 
Research Publishing & Platforms  
Academic & Professional Learning  
Education Services 

Total Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Adjusted Corporate Expenses 
Total Adjusted Operating Income 

Depreciation and Amortization: 

Research Publishing & Platforms  
Academic & Professional Learning   
Education Services 

Total Depreciation and Amortization 
Corporate Depreciation and Amortization 
Total Depreciation and Amortization 

Adjusted EBITDA: (2) 

Research Publishing & Platforms  
Academic & Professional Learning   
Education Services 

Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA 
Corporate Adjusted EBITDA 
Total Adjusted EBITDA 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

948,839   $ 
650,789     
231,855     
1,831,483   $  

939,217   $ 
703,303     
157,549     
1,800,069   $ 

936,857
740,115
119,131
1,796,103

169,119   $ 
74,176     
(117,515)     
125,780   $ 
(180,067)     
(54,287)   $  

259,754   $ 
146,265     
(13,272)     
392,747   $ 
(168,758)     
223,989   $ 

265,353  $ 
84,646 
(3,844) 
346,155  $ 

260,885  $ 
147,404 
(12,883) 
395,406  $ 

(165,487) 

(168,299) 

180,668  $ 

227,107  $ 

69,495  $ 
69,807 
24,131 
163,433  $ 
11,694 
175,127  $ 

60,889  $ 
68,126 
18,117 
147,132  $ 
14,023 
161,155  $ 

334,848  $ 
154,453 
20,287 
509,588  $ 

321,774  $ 
215,530 
5,234 
542,538  $ 

(153,793) 

(154,276) 

355,795  $ 

388,262  $ 

272,904
144,041
(1,899)
415,046
(183,585)
231,461

278,161
155,885
(5)
434,041
(170,414)
263,627

54,805
72,274
13,112
140,191
13,798
153,989

332,966
228,159
13,107
574,232
(156,616)
417,616

$  

$ 

$  

$  

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1)  Adjusted Contribution to Profit is Contribution to (Loss) Profit adjusted for restructuring charges and impairment of goodwill and 
intangible  assets.  See  Note  7,  “Restructuring  and  Related  Charges”  and  Note  11,  “Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets”  for  these 
charges by segment. 

(2)  Adjusted EBITDA is Adjusted Contribution to Profit with depreciation and amortization added back. 

Index 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows a reconciliation of our consolidated U.S. GAAP net (loss) income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted 
EBITDA: 

Net (Loss) Income 
Interest expense 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation and amortization 
Non-GAAP EBITDA 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange transaction (gains) losses 
Interest and other income 
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(74,287)  $ 
24,959
11,195
175,127   
136,994  $ 
202,348   
32,607   
(2,773)   
(13,381)   
355,795  $ 

168,263  $ 
16,121
44,689
161,155 
390,228  $ 
— 
3,118 
6,016 
(11,100) 
388,262  $ 

192,186
13,274
21,745
153,989
381,194
3,600
28,566
12,819
(8,563)
417,616

See Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” for revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by segment 
and product type for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

Total Assets  

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services 
Corporate 

Total  

Product Development Spending and Additions to Technology, Property 
and Equipment 

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services 
Corporate 

Total  

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

1,225,313   $ 
924,924     
486,316     
532,241     
3,168,794   $ 

1,172,145  $ 
959,601   
440,516   
376,504   
2,948,766  $ 

1,242,458
942,598
199,023
455,372
2,839,451

(16,329)   $ 
(38,229)     
(613)     
(60,030)     
(115,201)   $ 

(12,928)  $ 
(32,337)   
(3,160)   
(53,168)   
(101,593)   

(24,961)
(43,625)
(5,991)
(76,151)
(150,728)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Revenue  from  external  customers  is  based  on  the  location  of  the  customer  and  Technology,  Property  and  Equipment,  Net  by 
geographic area were as follows:  

United States 
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Japan 
Australia 
China 
Canada 
France 
Scandinavia 
Other Countries 
Total 

$ 

$ 

2020 

Revenue, net 
2019 
932,927  $ 
150,242    
97,505    
77,145    
77,453    
55,024    
50,882    
51,441    
30,971    
276,479    
1,831,483  $  1,800,069  $ 

944,075  $ 
174,567    
113,664    
75,104    
73,718    
58,870    
56,370    
45,033    
29,682    
260,400    

   Technology, Property and Equipment, Net 

2018 

2020 

2019 

2018 

913,852   $ 
147,406     
98,404     
81,572     
78,270     
53,076     
55,568     
51,826     
31,695     
284,434     
1,796,103   $ 

261,296  $ 
18,076    
8,059    
112    
1,051    
492    
1,734    
1,358    
223    
5,604    
298,005  $ 

252,459   $ 
18,331     
8,423     
87     
1,440     
688     
2,659     
403     
229     
4,302     
289,021   $ 

249,542
20,955
9,259
72
1,454
229
3,635
635
309
3,844
289,934

Index 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Note 21 – Supplementary Quarterly Financial Information - Results By Quarter (Unaudited) 

Amounts in millions, except per share data 
Revenue, net 
First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Year ended April 30,   

2020 

2019 

423.5   $ 
466.2     
467.1     
474.7     
1,831.5   $ 

280.4   $ 
322.8     
313.2     
324.1     
1,240.5   $ 

4.5   $ 
63.4     
48.5     
(170.7)     
(54.3)   $ 

3.6   $ 
44.7     
35.4     
(158.0)     
(74.3)   $ 

410.9
448.6
449.4
491.2
1,800.1

283.1
316.0
305.5
340.7
1,245.3

36.1
57.5
50.3
80.1
224.0

26.3
43.8
34.9
63.3
168.3

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Gross Profit  
First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Year ended April 30,   

Operating (Loss) Income  
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Year ended April 30,  

Net (Loss) Income  
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 
Year ended April 30,  

(Loss) Earnings Per Share (1) 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter (2) 
Year ended April 30, (2) 

2020 

2019 

Basic 

   Diluted 

Basic 

   Diluted 

$ 

$ 

0.06   $ 
0.79     
0.63     
(2.83)     
(1.32)   $ 

0.06   $ 
0.79  
0.63  
(2.83)  
(1.32)   $ 

0.46   $ 
0.76     
0.61     
1.11     
2.94   $ 

0.45
0.76
0.61
1.10
2.91

(1) 
(2) 

The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not agree to the respective annual amounts due to rounding. 
In calculating diluted net (loss) earnings per common share for the fourth quarter and year ended April 30, 2020, our diluted 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding excludes the effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock 
awards as the effect was anti-dilutive. This occurs when a U.S. GAAP net loss is reported and the effect of using dilutive shares 
is antidilutive.  

Note 22 – Subsequent Events 

Dividend: 

On June 25, 2020, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.3425 per share, or approximately $19.1 million, on our 
Class A and Class B Common Stock.  The dividend is payable on July 22, 2020 to shareholders of record on July 7, 2020. 

Index 

98 

 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures: The Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, together with the Chief 
Accounting  Officer  and  other  members  of  the  Company's  management,  have  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  Company's  disclosure 
controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") 
as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
have  concluded  that  the  Company's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be 
disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported 
within  the  time  periods  specified  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and 
communicated  to  the  Company's  management,  including  its  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to 
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting: Our Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  of  the  Exchange  Act.   Under  the 
supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we 
conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  upon  the  framework  in  Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based 
on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of April 30, 2020. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: During fiscal year 2020, we closed on the acquisition of mthree. We excluded 
mthree from the scope of management’s report on internal control over financial reporting for the year ended April 30, 2020. We are 
in the process of integrating mthree to our overall internal control over financial reporting and will include them in scope for the year 
ending  April  30,  2021.  This  process  may  result  in  additions  or  changes  to  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  mthree 
represented less than 1% of total consolidated assets, excluding goodwill and intangible assets which are included within the scope of 
assessment, and approximately 1% of total consolidated revenues of the Company as of and for the year ended April 30, 2020. 

We are in the process of implementing a new global ERP that will enhance our business and financial processes and standardize our 
information systems. As previously disclosed, we have completed the implementation of record-to-report, purchase-to-pay and several 
other business processes within all locations through fiscal year 2017. We completed the implementation of order-to-cash for certain 
businesses in May 2018 and may continue to roll out additional processes and functionality of the ERP in phases in the foreseeable 
future. 

As with any new information system we implement, this application, along with the internal controls over financial reporting included 
in  this  process,  will  require  testing  for  effectiveness.  In  connection  with  this  ERP  implementation,  we  are  updating  our  internal 
controls over financial reporting, as necessary, to accommodate modifications to our business processes and accounting procedures. 
We do not believe that the ERP implementation will have an adverse effect on our internal control over financial reporting. 

Except as described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 
2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information 

None 

Index 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

For information with respect to Executive Officers of the Company, see “Information About Our Executive Officers” as set forth in 
Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

The name, age, and background of each of the directors nominated for election are contained under the caption “Election of Directors” 
in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2020  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (“2020  Proxy  Statement”)  and  are  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. 

Information on the audit committee financial experts is contained in the 2020 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the Audit 
Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Information on the Audit Committee Charter is contained in the 2020 Proxy Statement under the caption “Committees of the Board of 
Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board.” 

Information  with  respect  to  the  Company's  Corporate  Governance  principles  is  publicly  available  on  the  Company's  Corporate 
Governance website at https://www.wiley.com/en-us/corporategovernance. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

Information  on  compensation  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  in  the  2020  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions 
“Directors' Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” respectively, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under the caption "Section 16(a) 
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" within the "Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Management" section of the 2020 
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for all other shareholders 
that own 5% of more of the Company's Class A or Class B Common Stock is contained under the caption "Voting Securities, Record 
Date, Principal Holders" in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

The following table summarizes the Company's equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2020: 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  

Number of 
Securities to be 
Issued Upon Exercise 
of Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights (1)   
1,228,430 

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights   
50.14  

  $ 

Number of 
Securities Remaining 
Available for Future 
Issuance Under Equity 
Compensation Plans (2) 
3,501,116 

(1) 

This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan: 

● 
● 

286,064 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $50.14.  
942,366 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have no exercise price, they 
are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.  

(2) 

Per the terms of the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan (“Plan”), a total of 6,500,000 shares shall be authorized for awards granted 
under the Plan, less one (1) share for every one (1) share that was subject to an option or stock appreciation right granted after 
April 30, 2014 under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan and 1.76 Shares for every one (1) share that was subject to an award 
other than an option or stock appreciation right granted after April 30, 2014 under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan. Any 
shares that are subject to options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against this limit as one (1) share for every one 
(1)  share  granted,  and  any  shares  that  are  subject  to  awards  other  than  options  or  stock  appreciation  rights  shall  be  counted 
against this limit as 1.76 Shares for every one (1) share granted. After the Effective Date of the Plan, no awards may be granted 
under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan.   

All of the Company's equity compensation plans are approved by shareholders. 

Index 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information on related party transactions and the policies and procedures for reviewing and approving related party transactions are 
contained under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons” within the “Board and Committee Oversight of Risk” section of the 
2020 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  director  independence  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Director  Independence”  within  the  “Board  of  Directors  and 
Corporate Governance” section of the 2020 Proxy Statement. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Information required by this item is contained in the 2020 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Index 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a) Documents filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

(1) Financial Statements 

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule 

See Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves — Years Ended April 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. The other schedules are omitted as they are not applicable, or the amounts involved are not material. 

(3) Exhibits 

(a) 

(b) 
3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

Index 

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are filed as part 
of this report. 
Exhibits 
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended April 30, 1992). 
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated October 13, 1995 (incorporated by reference to the
Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1996). 
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by reference to 
the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998). 
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by reference to 
the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999). 
Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  dated  as  of  September  2007  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on
Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018). 
Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated  May  30,  2019,  among  the  Company  and  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as
Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, and the lenders and other agents party thereto (incorporated 
by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2019). 
Agreement of the Lease dated as of July 14, 2014 between Hub Properties Trust as Landlord, an independent third party 
and  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  Inc  as  Tenant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended July 31, 2014). 
2018 Director Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 
2019). 
2014  Executive  Annual  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 
Amended  2014  Key  Employee  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 
Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  as  Amended  and  Restated  effective  as  of  January  1,  2009  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 
Amendments A  and  B  to  the  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan as  Amended  and  Restated  Effective  January 1,
2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2010). 
Resolution amending the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze Participation effective 
June 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013) 
Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009, including amendments through August 1, 2010
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2011). 
Resolution amending the Supplemental Benefit (Retirement) Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze Participation effective
June 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013). 
Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to the
Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010). 
Resolution  amending  the  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  effective  July  1,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2013). 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

21* 
23* 
31.1* 
31.2* 
32.1* 

32.2* 

101.INS 

101.SCH 
101.CAL 
101.DEF 
101.LAB 
101.PRE 
104** 

Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Directors'  2005  &  After  Compensation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Report  on
Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005). 
Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2020  Qualified  Executive  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2019). 
Form of the Fiscal Year 2020 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2019). 
Form of  the  Fiscal  Year 2020  Executive Annual Strategic  Milestones  Incentive Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2019). 
Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2019  Qualified  Executive  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018). 
Form of the Fiscal Year 2019 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018). 
Form of  the  Fiscal  Year 2019  Executive Annual Strategic  Milestones  Incentive Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018). 
Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2018  Qualified  Executive  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017). 
Form of the Fiscal Year 2018 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017). 
Form of  the  Fiscal  Year 2018  Executive Annual Strategic  Milestones  Incentive Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2017).  
Senior  Executive  Employment  Agreement  to  Arbitrate  dated  as  of  April  29,  2003  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the
Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 
Senior Executive Non-competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference 
to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003). 
Senior  Executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  April  15,  2015  between  Mark  Allin  and  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated as of April 15, 2015). 
Separation and Release Agreement, effective June 9, 2017, between Mark Allin, former President and Chief Executive
Officer and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 
31, 2017). 
Senior  executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  May  20,  2013  between  John  A.  Kritzmacher  and  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated as of June 4, 2013). 
Addendum  to  the  Employment  Agreement,  effective  June  26,  2017,  between  John  A.  Kritzmacher,  and  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 31, 2017). 
Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 15, 2004, between Gary M. Rinck and the Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2011). 
Employment  Letter  dated  September  26,  2016  between  Judy  Verses,  Executive  Vice  President,  and  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2019). 
Employment Letter dated October 12, 2017 between Brian A. Napack, President and Chief Executive Officer, and the
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 2017). 
Employment Letter dated February 5, 2019 between Matthew Kissner, Group Executive, and the Company (incorporated 
by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2019). 
List of Subsidiaries of the Company. 
Consent of KPMG LLP. 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL 
tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document). 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. 
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101 

*  Filed herewith 

Index 

103 

 
 
 
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2020, 2019, AND 2018 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Schedule II 

Description 

Year Ended April 30, 2020 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 
Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets 

Year Ended April 30, 2019 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 
Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets 

Year Ended April 30, 2018 

Allowance for Sales Returns (1) 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence 
Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged to 
Expenses 

Deductions 
From Reserves 
and Other(2) 

Balance at 
End of Period 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

18,542  $ 
14,307  $ 
15,825  $ 
21,179  $ 

18,628  $ 
10,107  $ 
18,193  $ 
8,811  $ 

24,300  $ 
7,186  $ 
21,096  $ 
1,300 $ 

48,829   $ 
5,470   $ 
8,699   $ 
2,108  $ 

37,483   $ 
5,279   $ 
7,328   $ 
51  $ 

38,711   $ 
5,439   $ 
9,182   $ 
7,511 $ 

47,729   $
1,442   $
8,457   $
—  $

37,569   $ 
1,079   $
9,696   $
(12,317)  $

44,383   $
2,518   $
12,085   $
— $

19,642
18,335
16,067
23,287

18,542
14,307
15,825
21,179

18,628
10,107
18,193
8,811

(1)  Allowance  for  Sales  Returns  represents  anticipated  returns  net  of  a  recovery  of  inventory  and  royalty  costs.  The  provision  is 
reported  as  a  reduction  of  gross  sales  to  arrive  at  revenue  and  the  reserve  balance  is  reported  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts 
Receivable, net (in the year ended April 30, 2018) with a corresponding increase in Inventories, net and a reduction in Accrued 
Royalties for the years ended April 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Due to the adoption of the revenue standard, the sales return reserve 
as  of April  30,  2020  and 2019  is  recorded  in  Contract  Liabilities.  In  prior  periods,  it  was  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  Accounts 
Receivable,  net.  See  Note  3,  “Revenue  Recognition,  Contracts  with  Customers,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements for more information. 

(2)  Deductions  From  Reserves  and Other  for  the  years  ended  April  30, 2020,  2019  and 2018  include  foreign  exchange  translation 
adjustments. Included in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts are accounts written off, less recoveries. Included in Allowance for 
Inventory Obsolescence are items removed from inventory. Included in Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets for the year 
ended April 30, 2019 are foreign tax credits generated and valuation allowances needed in connection with the Tax Act. 

Index 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
     
   
 
     
       
     
  
   
 
     
       
     
  
   
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated: June 26, 2020 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
(Company) 

By:/s/ Brian A. Napack 
   Brian A. Napack 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signatures 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 

   President and Chief Executive Officer and  
   Director 

Titles 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 

/s/ Jesse C. Wiley 
Jesse C. Wiley 

/s/ Mari J. Baker 
Mari J. Baker 

/s/ George D. Bell 
George D. Bell 

/s/ Beth A. Birnbaum 
Beth A. Birnbaum 

/s/ David C. Dobson 
David C. Dobson 

/s/ Laurie A. Leshin 
Laurie A. Leshin 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and 
Interim Chief Accounting Officer 

   Chairman of the Board 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

/s/ Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr. 
Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr. 

   Director 

/s/ William Pence 
William Pence 

/s/ William J. Pesce 
William J. Pesce 

   Director 

   Director 

Dated 
June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

June 26, 2020 

Index 

105 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Exhibit 21 

SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1) 
As of April 30, 2020 

Jurisdiction In Which Incorporated 

Wiley edu, LLC 
Wiley Periodicals LLC 
Inscape Publishing LLC 
Profiles International, LLC 
PIIEU Ltd 
Wiley Publishing LLC 

Wiley India Private Ltd. 
Wiley APAC Services LLP 
WWL LLC 

Wiley Global Technology (Private) Limited 
John Wiley & Sons Rus LLC 
Wiley International LLC 

John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited 

 Wiley HK2 Limited 

John Wiley & Sons Canada Ltd 
Zyante Inc. 

Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd. 

Wiley Europe Ltd. 

Wiley Heyden Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 
E-Learning SAS 
Atypon Systems Ltd UK 
John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service (Beijing) Co., Ltd. 

MThree Corporate Consulting Limited 
MThree Corporate Consulting Limited 
Consultants M Trois Inc 
Madgex Holdings Ltd 
J Wiley Ltd. 

John Wiley & Sons GmbH 

Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA 

CrossKnowledge Group Limited 

Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings) 

John Wiley & Sons A/S 
Blackwell Verlag GmbH 
Wiley Publishing Japan KK 
Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd. 
John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd. 

Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Texas 
United Kingdom 
Delaware 
India 
India 
Delaware 
Sri Lanka 
Russia 
Delaware 
Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 
Canada 
Delaware 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
France 
United Kingdom 
Singapore 
China 
United Kingdom 
United States 
Canada 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Germany 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Denmark 
Germany 
Japan 
Australia 
Australia 

(1)  The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been omitted. 

Index 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 33-62605, 333-93691, 333-123359, and 333-167697) 
on Form S-8 of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. of our reports dated June 26, 2020, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial 
position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  as  of  April 30,  2020  and  2019,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive 
income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2020, and the related notes 
and financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2020, which reports 
appear in the April 30, 2020 annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 

Our  report  dated  June  26,  2020,  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  refers  to  a  change  in  the  method  of  accounting  for  leases 
effective  May 1,  2019  due  to  the  adoption  of  Accounting  Standard  Codification  (ASC)  Topic  842, Leases.  Our  report  on  the 
consolidated financial statements also refers to a change in the method of accounting for revenue recognition effective May 1, 2018 
due to the adoption of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 

Our report dated June 26, 2020, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting contains an explanatory paragraph that 
states  the  Company  acquired  mthree  during  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  and  management  excluded  from  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2020, mthree’s internal control over financial 
reporting. Our  audit of  internal  control  over financial  reporting of  the Company  also  excluded  an  evaluation of  the  internal  control 
over financial reporting of mthree. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
June 26, 2020 

Index 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Brian A. Napack, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

b.  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially  affected  or  is reasonably  likely to  materially  affect  the registrant’s  internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b.  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By: 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: June 26, 2020 

Index 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, John A. Kritzmacher, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

b.  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

b.  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and 
Interim Chief Accounting Officer 
Dated: June 26, 2020 

Index 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2020 
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  Brian  A.  Napack,  President  and  Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that based on my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and results  of 

operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: June 26, 2020 

Index 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2020 
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  John  A.  Kritzmacher,  Executive  Vice 
President,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  and  Interim  Chief  Accounting  Officer,  of  the  Company,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section 
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that based on my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of 

operations of the Company. 

By: 

/s/ John A. Kritzmacher 
John A. Kritzmacher 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and 
Interim Chief Accounting Officer 
Dated: June 26, 2020 

Index